Free Online FOOD for MIND & HUNGER - DO GOOD 😊 PURIFY MIND.To live like free birds 🐦 🦢 šŸ¦… grow fruits šŸ šŸŠ šŸ„‘ 🄭 šŸ‡ šŸŒ šŸŽ šŸ‰ šŸ’ šŸ‘ šŸ„ vegetables 🄦 šŸ„• šŸ„— 🄬 šŸ„” šŸ† 🄜 šŸŽƒ šŸ«‘ šŸ…šŸœ šŸ§… šŸ„ šŸ šŸ„— šŸ„’ 🌽 šŸ šŸ«‘ 🌳 šŸ“ šŸŠ 🄄 🌵 šŸˆ 🌰 šŸ‡§šŸ‡§ 🫐 šŸ… šŸ šŸ«’Plants 🌱in pots 🪓 along with Meditative Mindful Swimming šŸŠā€ā™‚ļø to Attain NIBBĀNA the Eternal Bliss.
Kushinara NIBBĀNA Bhumi Pagoda White Home, Puniya Bhumi Bengaluru, Prabuddha Bharat International.
Categories:

Archives:
Meta:
May 2025
M T W T F S S
« Jan    
 1234
567891011
12131415161718
19202122232425
262728293031  
08/24/20
SN 45.8
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 7:36 pm

SN 45.8


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo? Seyyathidaṃ sammādiį¹­į¹­hi,
sammāsaį¹…kappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammā-ājÄ«vo, sammāvāyāmo,
sammāsati, sammāsamādhi.

Now what, monks, is the Noble Eightfold Path? Right view, right resolve,
right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right
mindfulness, right concentration.

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammādiį¹­į¹­hi? Yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe ñāṇaṃ,
dukkha-samudaye ñāṇaṃ , dukkha-nirodhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkha-nirodha-gāminiyā
paį¹­ipadāya ñāṇaṃ ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammādiį¹­į¹­hi.

And what, monks, is right view? Knowledge with regard to stress,
knowledge with regard to the origination of stress, knowledge with
regard to the stopping of stress, knowledge with regard to the way of
practice leading to the stopping of stress: This, monks, is called right
view.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsaį¹…kappo? Yo kho, bhikkhave,
nekkhamma-saį¹…kappo , abyāpāda-saį¹…kappo, avihiṃsā-saį¹…kappo ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, sammāsaį¹…kappo.

And what is right resolve? Being resolved on renunciation, on freedom
from ill will, on harmlessness: This is called right resolve.

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāvācā? Yā kho, bhikkhave, musāvādā veramaṇī,
pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇī, pharusāya vācāya veramaṇī, samphappalāpā
veramaṇī ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāvācā.

And what is right speech? Abstaining from lying, abstaining from
divisive speech, abstaining from abusive speech, abstaining from idle
chatter: This, monks, is called right speech.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammā-kammanto? Yā kho, bhikkhave, pāṇātipātā
veramaṇī, adinnādānā veramaṇī, abrahmacariyā veramaṇī ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, sammā-kammanto.

And what, monks, is right action? Abstaining from taking life,
abstaining from stealing, abstaining from unchastity: This, monks, is
called right action.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammā-ājīvo? Idha, bhikkhave, ariya-sāvako
micchā-ājīvaṃ pahāya sammā-ājīvena jīvitaṃ kappeti ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, sammā-ājīvo.

And what, monks, is right livelihood? There is the case where a disciple
of the noble ones, having abandoned dishonest livelihood, keeps his
life going with right livelihood: This, monks, is called right
livelihood.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāvāyāmo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ
pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati
vÄ«riyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ
akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati
cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya
chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vÄ«riyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati;
uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya
vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati
cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāvāyāmo.

And what, monks, is right effort? (i) There is the case where a monk
generates desire, endeavors, activates persistence, upholds & exerts
his intent for the sake of the non-arising of evil, unskillful
qualities that have not yet arisen. (ii) He generates desire, endeavors,
activates persistence, upholds & exerts his intent for the sake of
the abandonment of evil, unskillful qualities that have arisen. (iii) He
generates desire, endeavors, activates persistence, upholds &
exerts his intent for the sake of the arising of skillful qualities that
have not yet arisen. (iv) He generates desire, endeavors, activates
persistence, upholds & exerts his intent for the maintenance,
non-confusion, increase, plenitude, development, & culmination of
skillful qualities that have arisen: This, monks, is called right
effort.

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāsati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhā-domanassaṃ; vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno
satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ; citte cittānupassī viharati
ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ; dhammesu
dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhā-domanassaṃ.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāsati.

And what, monks, is right mindfulness? (i) There is the case where a
monk remains focused on the body in & of itself — ardent, aware,
& mindful — putting away greed & distress with reference to the
world. (ii) He remains focused on feelings in & of themselves —
ardent, aware, & mindful — putting away greed & distress with
reference to the world. (iii) He remains focused on the mind in & of
itself — ardent, aware, & mindful — putting away greed &
distress with reference to the world. (iv) He remains focused on mental
qualities in & of themselves — ardent, aware, & mindful —
putting away greed & distress with reference to the world. This,
monks, is called right mindfulness.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ
vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati;
vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ
avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharati;
pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhaƱca kāyena
paį¹­isaṃvedeti yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti: ā€˜upekkhako satimā
sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati;
sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ
atthaį¹…gamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ
upasampajja viharati.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhi ti.

And what, monks, is right concentration? (i) There is the case where a
monk — quite withdrawn from sensuality, withdrawn from unskillful
(mental) qualities — enters & remains in the first jhana: rapture
& pleasure born from withdrawal, accompanied by directed thought
& evaluation. (ii) With the stilling of directed thoughts &
evaluations, he enters & remains in the second jhana: rapture &
pleasure born of concentration, unification of awareness free from
directed thought & evaluation — internal assurance. (iii) With the
fading of rapture, he remains equanimous, mindful, & alert, and
senses pleasure with the body. He enters & remains in the third
jhana, of which the Noble Ones declare, ‘Equanimous & mindful, he
has a pleasant abiding.’ (iv) With the abandoning of pleasure & pain
— as with the earlier disappearance of elation & distress — he
enters & remains in the fourth jhana: purity of equanimity &
mindfulness, neither pleasure nor pain. This, monks, is called right
concentration.



♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is most famously introduced at SN 56.11 as the Middle Way (majjhimā paį¹­ipadā), i.e. the path avoiding both hedonism and self-mortification:

SN 56.11


Dve·me, bhikkhave, antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. Katame dve? Yo c·āyaṃ
kāmesu kāma·sukh·allik·ānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko an·ariyo
an·attha·saṃhito, yo c·āyaṃ attakilamath·ānuyogo dukkho an·ariyo
an·attha·saṃhito. Ete kho, bhikkhave, ubho ante an·upagamma majjhimā
paį¹­ipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhuĀ·karaṇī ñāṇaĀ·karaṇī upasamāya
abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati.

These two extremes, bhikkhus, should not be adopted by one who has gone
forth from the home life. Which two? On one hand, the devotion to
hedonism towards sensuality, which is inferior, vulgar, common, ignoble,
deprived of benefit, and on the other hand the devotion to
self-mortification, which is painful, ignoble, deprived of benefit.
Without going to these two extremes, bhikkhus, the Tathāgata has fully
awaken to the Middle Way, which produces vision, which produces
knowledge, and leads to appeasement, to direct knowledge, to awakening,
to Nibbāna.



♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is also introduced later on in that same sutta as the fourth ariyaĀ·sacca:



Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkha·nirodha·gāminī paṭipadā ariya·saccaṃ:
ayamĀ·eva ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo, seyyathidaṃ: sammā·diį¹­į¹­hi
sammā·saį¹…kappo sammā·vācā sammā·kammanto sammā·ājÄ«vo sammā·vāyāmo
sammā·sati sammā·samādhi.

Furthermore, bhikkhus, this is the noble truth of path leading to the
cessation of suffering: just this noble eightfold path, that is to say:
right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood,
right effort, right mindfulness and right concentration.



♦ As explained above at SN 56.11, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is what leads to nibbāna. At SN 45.62, the former leads towards the latter just as the river Ganges slants, slopes, and inclines towards the east (seyyathāpi gaį¹…gā nadÄ« pācÄ«naĀ·ninnā pācÄ«naĀ·poṇā pācÄ«naĀ·pabbhārā). At SN 45.86, the path is like a tree slanting, sloping and inclining towards the east (seyyathāpi rukkho pācÄ«naĀ·ninno pācÄ«naĀ·poṇo pācÄ«naĀ·pabbhāro) and that could only fall towards that direction if it were to be cut at the foot. It is also said to be the way leading to amata (amataĀ·gāmiĀ·maggo, SN 45.7), or to the unconditioned (aĀ·saį¹…khataĀ·gāmiĀ·maggo, SN 43.11).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga has its own entire saṃyutta (SN 45), that is rich in similes and explanations.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is given various designations. At MN 19, it is called ‘The peaceful and safe path to be followed with exaltation’ (khemo maggo sovatthiko pÄ«tiĀ·gamanÄ«yo). It is often identified with the brahmacariya (e.g. SN 45.6), or with asceticism (sāmaƱƱa) such as at SN 45.35, or brahminhood (brahmaƱƱa) such as at SN 45.36. At SN 12.65, it is the ancient path, the ancient road traveled by the sammā·Sambuddhā of the past. At SN 35.191, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is compared to a raft to cross over from identity to ‘the other shore’, which stands for nibbāna. At SN 45.4, after Ānanda sees a brahmin on a luxurious chariot and calls it a ‘brahmic vehicle’ (brahmaĀ·yāna), the Buddha says that is actually a designation for the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, along with the ‘Dhamma vehicle’ (dhammaĀ·yāna) and the ’supreme victory in battle’ (anuttara saį¹…gāmaĀ·vijaya). The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is also called rightness (sammatta, SN 45.21), kusalā dhammā (SN 45.22), the right way (sammā·paį¹­ipada, SN 45.23) and right practice (sammā·paį¹­ipatti, SN 45.31).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is part of a set of 37 dhammas which are sometimes listed together (e.g. at AN 10.90, SN 22.81). They are sometimes called the bodhipakkhiyā dhammā, although this expression doesn’t have a strict definition in the suttas and is loosely used to describe other sets. The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is also said at SN 45.155 to develop those bodhiĀ·pakkhiyaĀ·dhammā.

♦ Each factor (aį¹…ga) of the path is said to lead to the next:


AN 10.103


ā€œsammattaṃ, bhikkhave, āgamma ārādhanā hoti, no virādhanā. kathaƱca,
bhikkhave, sammattaṃ āgamma ārādhanā hoti, no virādhanā?
sammādiį¹­į¹­hikassa, bhikkhave, sammāsaį¹…kappo pahoti, sammāsaį¹…kappassa
sammāvācā pahoti, sammāvācassa sammākammanto pahoti, sammākammantassa
sammāājīvo pahoti, sammāājīvassa sammāvāyāmo pahoti, sammāvāyāmassa
sammāsati pahoti, sammāsatissa sammāsamādhi pahoti.

Having come to rightness, bhikkhus, there is success, not failure. And
how, bhikkhus, is it that having come to rightness, there is success,
not failure? For one of right view, right thought arises. For one
of right thought, right speech arises. For one of right speech, right
action arises. For one of right action, right livelihood arises. For one
of right livelihood, right effort arises. For one of right effort,
right mindfulness arises. For one of right mindfulness, right
concentration arises.



A similar progression is also notably found at SN
45.1. AN 7.45 states that all the other seven factors of the path are
the ’supports’ (upanisa) and ‘accessories’ (parikkhāra) of sammā·samādhi. MN 117 further explains how the factors interact, according to the following pattern:

MN 117


ā€œtatra, bhikkhave, sammādiį¹­į¹­hi pubbaį¹…gamā hoti. kathaƱca, bhikkhave,
sammādiį¹­į¹­hi pubbaį¹…gamā hoti? micchāsaį¹…kappaṃ ā€˜micchāsaį¹…kappo’ti
pajānāti, sammāsaį¹…kappaṃ ā€˜sammāsaį¹…kappo’ti pajānāti, sāssa hoti
sammādiṭṭhi.

Therein, bhikkhus, right view is the forerunner. And how is right view
the forerunner? One understands wrong thought as wrong thought and right
thought as right thought: this is one’s right
view.

so micchāsaį¹…kappassa pahānāya vāyamati, sammāsaį¹…kappassa upasampadāya,
svāssa hoti sammāvāyāmo. so sato micchāsaį¹…kappaṃ pajahati, sato
sammāsaį¹…kappaṃ upasampajja viharati; sāssa hoti sammāsati. itiyime tayo
dhammā sammāsaį¹…kappaṃ anuparidhāvanti anuparivattanti, seyyathidaṃ
sammādiṭṭhi, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati.

One makes an effort to abandon wrong thought and to acquire right
thought: this is one’s right effort. One abandons wrong thought
mindfully, and acquires and remains in right thought mindfully: this is
one’s right mindfulness. Thus these three things rotate and circle
around right thought, that is, right view, right effort, and right
mindfulness.



♦ The enumeration of each path factor is sometimes
punctuated by four different formulas. The first one is found for
example at SN 45.2 and is in fact mainly used with the bojjhaį¹…gas, and occasionally with (spiritual) indriyas or balas: ‘based upon seclusion, dispassion, and cessation, maturing in release’ (vivekaĀ·nissita virāgaĀ·nissita nirodhaĀ·nissita vossaggaĀ·pariṇāmi).

The second formula can be found at SN 45.4 and says: ‘which
has the removal of avidity as its final goal, the removal of hatred as
its final goal, the removal of delusion as its final goal’ (rāgaĀ·vinayaĀ·pariyosāna dosaĀ·vinayaĀ·pariyosāna mohaĀ·vinayaĀ·pariyosāna)
.

The third one is found for example at SN 45.115 and says: ‘which has the Deathless as its ground, the Deathless as its destination, the Deathless as its final goal’ (amatĀ·ogadha amataĀ·parāyana amataĀ·pariyosāna).

The fourth is found for example at SN 45.91 and says: ‘which slants towards Nibbāna, slopes towards Nibbāna, inclines towards Nibbāna‘ (nibbānaĀ·ninna nibbānaĀ·poṇa nibbānaĀ·pabbhāra).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, if unarisen, does not arise apart from the appearance of a Buddha (n·āññatra tathāgatassa pātubhāvā arahato sammāsambuddhassa, SN 45.14) or the Discipline of a Sublime one (n·āññatra sugataĀ·vinaya, SN 45.15).

♦ At SN 55.5, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is what defines sotāpatti, since sota (the stream) is the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga itself, and a sotāpanna is one who possesses it:


SN 55.5


—
ā€œā€˜soto, soto’ti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati. katamo nu kho, sāriputta, sotoā€ti?

—
It said: ‘The stream, the stream’, Sāriputta. What now, Sāriputta, is ‘the stream’?

—
ā€œayameva hi, bhante, ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo soto

—
Bhante, the stream is just this noble eightfold path

—
ā€œā€˜sotāpanno, sotāpanno’ti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati. katamo nu kho, sāriputta, sotāpannoā€ti?

—
It said: ‘A stream-enterer, a stream-enterer’, Sāriputta. What now, Sāriputta, is ‘a stream-enterer’?

—
ā€œyo hi, bhante, iminā ariyena aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikena maggena samannāgato ayaṃ vuccati sotāpanno

—
Bhante, whoever is possessed of this noble eightfold path is called a stream-enterer



♦ At MN 126, the 8 factors of the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga are presented as a technology of the mind (’a proper method for procuring fruit’: yoni hesā phalassa adhigamāya)
whose results do not depend on making wishes, but instead rely solely
on the laws of nature, which is metaphorically illustrated by how one
gets sesame oil by using the right technique (pressing seeds sprinkled
with water), how one gets milk (by milking a recently calved cow),
butter (by churning curd), or fire (by rubbing a dry, sapless, piece of
wood with a proper fire-stick).

♦ At AN 4.237, the 8 factors of the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga constitute ‘kamma that is neither dark nor bright with neither-dark-nor-bright result, that leads to the destruction of kamma(kammaṃ aĀ·kaṇhā·sukkaṃ aĀ·kaṇhā·sukkaĀ·vipākaṃ, kammaĀ·kkhayāya saṃvattati).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is not seldom augmented to become a tenfold set, with the addition of sammā·ñāṇa and sammā·vimutti. SN 45.26 seems to indicate that these two factors are relevant only for the arahant, as they are what makes the difference between a sappurisa and someone who is better than a sappurisa (sappurisena sappurisataro).

♦ Ten phenomena are said to be the precursors for the arising of the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, the first seven according to the following simile:



sÅ«riyassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṃ pubbaį¹…gamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ,
yadidaṃ, aruṇuggaṃ; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ariyassa
aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikassa maggassa uppādāya etaṃ pubbaį¹…gamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimmittaṃ…

This, bhikkhus, is the forerunner and foretoken of the rising of the
sun, that is, the dawn. In the same way, bhikkhus, for a bhikkhu this is
the forerunner and foretoken of the arising of the noble eightfold
path…



In each case, it is said that when a bhikkhu satisfies the condition, ‘it
is expected that he will develop the noble eightfold path, that he will
cultivate the noble eightfold path (pāṭikaį¹…khaṃ ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ
maggaṃ bhāvessati, ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bahulÄ«karissati)
.

1. Mentioned most often is kalyāṇaĀ·mittatā (with the above sunrise simile at SN 45.49). It is most famously said at SN 45.2 to be the entire brahmacariya (sakalamĀ·evĀ·idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ), since it can be expected from one who develops it that he will practice the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, all the more that as we have seen earlier (e.g. at SN 45.6), brahmacariya is also defined as the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga itself. We find as well a formula reminiscent of the suttas found at the beginning of AN 1:


SN 45.77


nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi, yena anuppanno vā
ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo uppajjati, uppanno vā ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo
bhāvanāpāripÅ«riṃ gacchati, yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, kalyāṇamittatā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, because of which the
unarisen noble eightfold path arises and the arisen noble eightfold path
goes to the plenitude of its development so much, bhikkhus, as because
of favorable friendship.



2. Sīla
is also mentioned a few times independently from the sunrise simile, in
the context of which it is introduced at SN 45.50 as accomplishment in
virtue (sīla·sampadā). Such examples include the following:


SN 45.149


seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye keci balakaraṇīyā kammantā karÄ«yanti, sabbe
te pathaviṃ nissāya pathaviyaṃ patiį¹­į¹­hāya evamete balakaraṇīyā kammantā
karīyanti; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlaṃ nissāya sīle patiṭṭhāya
ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bhāveti ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ
bahulīkaroti.

Just as, bhikkhus, whatever actions are to be performed with strength
are all performed on dependence on the earth, supported by the earth; in
the same way, bhikkhus, it is on dependence on virtue, supported by
virtue, that a bhikkhu develops the noble eightfold path, that he
cultivates the noble eightfold path.




SN 45.150


seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye kecime bÄ«jagāmabhÅ«tagāmā vuįøįøhiṃ virūḷhiṃ
vepullaṃ āpajjanti, sabbe te pathaviṃ nissāya pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya
evamete bÄ«jagāmabhÅ«tagāmā vuįøįøhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjanti; evameva
kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sÄ«laṃ nissāya sÄ«le patiį¹­į¹­hāya ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ
maggaṃ bhāvento ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bahulÄ«karonto vuįøįøhiṃ
virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ pāpuṇāti dhammesu.

Just as, bhikkhus, whatever kinds of seed and plant life come to
development, growth, and plenitude, all come to development, growth, and
plenitude on dependence on the earth, supported by the earth; in the
same way, bhikkhus, on dependence on virtue, supported by virtue, a
bhikkhu developing the noble eightfold path, cultivating the noble
eightfold path, comes to development, growth, and plenitude in
[wholesome] mental states.



3. Appamāda
is also mentioned a few times independently from the sunrise simile, in
the context of which it is introduced at SN 45.54 as accomplishment in
assiduity (appamāda·sampadā). Such examples are found at SN 45.139 and SN 45.140.

4. Sammā·diṭṭhi (AN 10.121) or accomplishment in view (diṭṭhi·sampadā, SN 45.53),
are mentioned with the sunrise simile as precursors of the path,
without surprise since as we have seen above, each path factor leads to
the next, and sammā·diṭṭhi stands first.

5. Accomplishment in desire (chanda·sampadā) is mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.51. The Commentary explains it as desire for kusalā dhammā. In a related meaning, the word chanda appears notably in the sammā·vāyāma formula.

6. Accomplishment in self (attaĀ·sampadā), mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.52. The commentary explains the expression as sampannaĀ·cittaĀ·tā (accomplishment in mind), which suggests the attainment of samādhi (see adhiĀ·cittaĀ·sikkhā). The expression ‘atta·ññū hoti’ (one who knows himself) may explain the term. At SN 7.68, it is explained as knowing oneself to have saddhā, sÄ«la, learning (suta), cāga, paƱƱā and understanding (paį¹­ibhāna).

7. Accomplishment in appropriate attention (yoniso·manasikāra-sampadā), mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.52.

8, 9 & 10. Vijjā followed by hiri and ottappa (anvaĀ·dĀ·eva hirĀ·ottappa) is said to be the forerunner (pubbĀ·aį¹…gama) in the entry upon kusalā dhammā (kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpatti) at SN 45.1 and AN 10.105.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is said at AN 4.34 to be the highest (agga) of saį¹…khatā dhammā and to bring the highest vipākā.

♦ As we have seen above at SN 56.11, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga produces ñāṇaĀ·dassana and leads to upasama, sambodhi and Nibbāna. Between SN 45.161 and SN 45.180, it is also said to lead to the direct knowledge (abhiƱƱā), full understanding (pariƱƱā), complete destruction (parikkhaya), and abandoning (pahāna) of various phenomena: the three discriminations (vidhā), i.e. ‘I am superior’ (ā€˜seyyoĀ·hamĀ·asmī’ti), ‘I am equal’ (ā€˜sadisoĀ·hamĀ·asmī’ti), ‘I am inferior’ (hÄ«noĀ·hamĀ·asmī’ti); the three searches (esanā), i.e. the search for sensuality (kāmĀ·esanā), the search for [a good] existence (bhavĀ·esanā), the search for the brahmic life (brahmacariyĀ·esanā); the three āsavā; the three bhavā; the three sufferings (dukkhatā), i.e. the suffering from pain (dukkhaĀ·dukkhatā), the suffering from Constructions (saį¹…khāraĀ·dukkhatā), the suffering from change (vipariṇāmaĀ·dukkhatā); the three akusalamulā; the three types of vedanā; kāma, diį¹­į¹­hi and avijjā; the four upādānā; abhijjhā, byāpāda, sÄ«laĀ·bbata parāmāsa and adherence to [the view] ‘This [alone] is the truth’ (idaṃ·sacc·ābhinivesa); the seven anusayā; the five kāmaĀ·guṇā; the five nÄ«varaṇā; the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas; the ten saṃyojanā.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga also leads to the cessation (nirodha) of phenomena: MN 9 lists all the twelve links of paį¹­iccaĀ·samuppāda, the four āhārā and the three āsavā; AN 6.63 additionally speaks of the cessation of kāma and kamma; SN 22.56 mentions the cessation of each of the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is the tool to remove akusalā dhammā. In that respect, MN 3 directly mentions all the 16 upakkilesā (with dosa in place of byāpāda). A number of similes illustrating this point are given in the Magga Saṃyutta: at SN 45.153, akusalā dhammā
are given up by the mind like a pot turned upside down ‘gives up’ its
water; at SN 45.156, they are disintegrated like a cloud providing rain
disintegrates a dust storm; at SN 45.157, they are dispersed like a
strong wind disperses a great cloud giving rain; at SN 45.158, they are
like the ropes on a ship that rot under inclement weather.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga gives strength
to the mind, as explained in SN 45.27’s simile, where it is compared to
the stand of a pot that makes it difficult to get knocked over. At SN
45.160, people, powerful or not, wishing to convince a bhikkhu
cultivating the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga to abandon monkhood by
offering him wealth will be no more successful than people wishing to
change the direction of the Ganges, because his mind is inclined to
seclusion.

SN 45.159


ā€œseyyathāpi, bhikkhave, āgantukāgāraṃ. tattha puratthimāyapi disāya
āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, pacchimāyapi disāya āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti,
uttarāyapi disāya āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, dakkhiṇāyapi disāya āgantvā
vāsaṃ kappenti, khattiyāpi āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, brāhmaṇāpi āgantvā
vāsaṃ kappenti, vessāpi āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, suddāpi āgantvā vāsaṃ
kappenti; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ
bhāvento ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bahulÄ«karonto ye dhammā abhiƱƱā
pariƱƱeyyā, te dhamme abhiƱƱā parijānāti, ye dhammā abhiƱƱā pahātabbā,
te dhamme abhiƱƱā pajahati, ye dhammā abhiƱƱā sacchikātabbā, te dhamme
abhiƱƱā sacchikaroti, ye dhammā abhiƱƱā bhāvetabbā, te dhamme abhiƱƱā
bhāveti.

Suppose, monks, there is a guest-house. Travelers come from the east,
the west, the north, the south to lodge here: nobles and Brahmans,
merchants and serfs. In the same way, monks, a monk who cultivates the
Noble Eightfold Path, who assiduously practices the Noble Eightfold
Path, comprehends with higher knowledge those states that are to be so
comprehended, abandons with higher knowledge those states that are to be
so abandoned, comes to experience with higher knowledge those states
that are to be so experienced, and cultivates with higher knowledge
those states that are to be so cultivated.

ā€œkatame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā pariƱƱeyyā? paƱcupādānakkhandhātissa vacanÄ«yaṃ…

What, monks, are the states to be comprehended with higher knowledge? They are the five groups of clinging…

katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā pahātabbā? avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca…

What, monks, are the states to be abandoned with higher knowledge? They are ignorance and the desire for [further] becoming…

katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā sacchikātabbā? vijjā ca vimutti ca…

And what, monks, are the states to be experienced with higher knowledge? They are knowledge and liberation…

katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā bhāvetabbā? samatho ca vipassanā ca.

And what, monk, are the states to be cultivated with higher knowledge? They are calm and insight.





Bodhi leaf


ariyasacca: [ariya+sacca] noble truth. The four ariyaĀ·saccas are expounded by the Buddha in his very first discourse, the Dhamma-cakka’p'pavattana Sutta. It consists of:

1. dukkha-ariyaĀ·sacca
2. dukkhaĀ·samudaya-ariyaĀ·sacca

3. dukkhaĀ·nirodha-ariyaĀ·sacca
4. dukkha·nirodha·gāminī paṭipadā-ariya·sacca


Bodhi leaf


ariyasāvaka: [ariya+sāvaka] noble disciple.



Bodhi leaf


arūpabhava: [a+rūpa+bhava] existence/ becoming in the formless realm, which is taken as meaning those Brahmā-lokas which are accessible only to those who master at least the fifth jhāna. Arūpa-bhava is one of the three types of bhava.



Bodhi leaf


asantuṭṭhitā: [a+santuṭṭhitā]

discontent, dissatisfaction.

asantuį¹­į¹­ha:

discontent, dissatisfied

♦ Sometimes, the adjective aĀ·santuį¹­į¹­ha is used with a rather neutral connotation, as at SN 35.198, where a bhikkhu is simply not satisfied with the answers given to his question.

♦ Most of the time, the word and its lexical derivatives carry a negative (akusala) connotation:

AN 1.64


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā
akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā kusalā dhammā parihāyanti
yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuṭṭhitā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, because of which unarisen
unwholesome mental states come to arise, or arisen wholesome mental
states come to decline, so much, bhikkhus, as because of
dissatisfaction.



AN 1.88


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuį¹­į¹­hitā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, that leads to such great harm as discontent.



AN 1.120


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa
sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuṭṭhitā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, that leads to the decline
and confusion of the authentic Dhamma so much as discontent.



AN 10.82


ā€œso vatānanda, bhikkhu ā€˜asantuį¹­į¹­ho samāno imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissatī’ti netaṃ į¹­hānaṃ vijjati.

It is impossible, Ānanda, that a bhikkhu who is not content will find growth, progress, and completion in this Dhamma-Vinaya.



When the word carries such a connotation, being aĀ·santuį¹­į¹­ha is explained as follows:

AN 6.84


bhikkhu mahiccho hoti, vighātavā, asantuį¹­į¹­ho, itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena

a bhikkhu has great desires, is annoyed and is not content with whatever
kind of robes, almsfood, lodging, and medicines & provisions for
the sick [he gets]



As it is the case above, the word aĀ·santuį¹­į¹­hitā or its lexical derivatives are very often juxtaposed with mahicchatā, which can almost be considered a synonym. In the Vinaya, lay people who are offended by bhikkhus’ behavior often say:



mahicchā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā asantuį¹­į¹­hā.

These ascetics sons of the Sakyan are of great desires, not contented.



This happens typically when misbehaving bhikkhus put
unnecessary pressure on lay supporters, either by asking more than the
strict minimum they need, or by making burdensome requests without prior
invitation. Thus, in the origin story to NP 6, the bhikkhu doesn’t want
to wait until his supporter goes back home to send him some cloth and
demands instead one of the garments he is currently wearing. At NP 8,
the bhikkhu gives instructions for getting finer cloth to the weaver
appointed by his supporters to make his robe, which ends up costing
twice as much yarn as they originally planned. At NP 10, the bhikkhu
doesn’t want to wait till the next day, which ends up costing a fine to
his supporter. At Bhikkhunis’ NP 11, some bhikkhunis ask the king for a
woolen garment (which is considered luxurious).

AN 4.157 maps the concept with others: a·santuṭṭhitā leads to evil desire (pāpika iccha) for recognition (an·avañña) and lābha·sakkāra·siloka, then to wrong effort (vāyama) and finally deceiving families by pretending to be much worthier than one actually is:

AN 4.157


ā€œcattārome, bhikkhave, pabbajitassa rogā. katame cattāro? idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahiccho hoti vighātavā asantuṭṭho
itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena.
so mahiccho samāno vighātavā asantuṭṭho
itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena
pāpikaṃ icchaṃ paṇidahati anavaƱƱa-ppaį¹­ilābhāya
lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaṭilābhāya. so uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati
anavaƱƱa-ppaį¹­ilābhāya lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaį¹­ilābhāya. so saį¹…khāya
kulāni upasaį¹…kamati, saį¹…khāya nisÄ«dati, saį¹…khāya dhammaṃ bhāsati,
saį¹…khāya uccārapassāvaṃ sandhāreti. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro
pabbajitassa rogā.

Bhikkhus, there are these four sicknesses of one gone forth. What four?
Here, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu has great desires, is annoyed and is not
content with whatever kind of robes, almsfood, lodging, and medicines
& provisions for the sick [he gets]. Having great desires, being
annoyed and not content with whatever kind of robes, almsfood, lodging,
and medicines & provisions for the sick [he gets], he generates evil
desire for recognition and for honors, gain & fame. He rouses,
applies and exerts himself to obtain recognition and honors, gain &
fame. He craftily approaches families, craftily sits down, craftily
speaks about the Dhamma, and craftily holds in his excrement and urine.
These, bhikkhus, are four sicknesses of one gone forth.



The sutta then goes on to explain the cure, which
consists in forbearance with regards to the elements of nature, animals,
other people’s words and painful feelings:



ā€œtasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: ā€˜na mahicchā bhavissāma
vighātavanto asantuṭṭhā
itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena,
na pāpikaṃ icchaṃ paṇidahissāma anavaƱƱa-ppaį¹­ilābhāya
lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaṭilābhāya, na uṭṭhahissāma na ghaṭessāma na
vāyamissāma anavañña-ppaṭilābhāya lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaṭilābhāya,
khamā bhavissāma sÄ«tassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya
įøaṃsa-makasa-vātā-tapa-sarīṃsapa-samphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ
vacanapathānaṃ, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ
kharānaṃ kaį¹­ukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātikā
bhavissāmā’ti. evaƱhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbanā€ti.

Therefore, bhikkhus, you should train thus: ‘We won’t have great
desires, be annoyed and not content with whatever kind of robes,
almsfood, lodging, and medicines & provisions for the sick [we will
get]; we won’t generate evil desire for recognition and for honors, gain
& fame; we won’t rouse, apply and exert ourselves to obtain
recognition and honors, gain & fame; we will endure cold, heat,
hunger, thirst and the contact with flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun and
creeping animals, as well as ways of speech that are ill-spoken and
offensive; we will be patient with arisen bodily feelings that are
painful, acute, sharp, piercing, disagreeable, unpleasant and
threatening life.’ This, bhikkhus, is how you should train yourselves.



In this sense, at AN 6.114, asantuṭṭhitā is juxtaposed with mahicchatā and a·sampajañña (lack of thorough comprehension).

It serves as a criterion to know whether one can dwell on his own or should stay amid other monks:

AN 5.127


ā€œpaƱcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ saį¹…ghamhā
vapakāsituṃ . katamehi pañcahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asantuṭṭho hoti
itarÄ«tarena cÄ«varena, asantuį¹­į¹­ho hoti itarÄ«tarena piį¹‡įøapātena,
asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena, asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena
gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, kāmasaį¹…kappabahulo ca viharati.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ
saį¹…ghamhā vapakāsituṃ.

If he is endowed with five qualities, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu is not fit to
live away from the Community. What five? He is not content with whatever
kind of robe [he gets]; he is not content with whatever kind of
almsfood [he gets]; he is not content with whatever kind of lodging [he
gets]; he is not content with whatever kind of medicines and provisions
for the sick [he gets]; and he dwells absorbed in thoughts of
sensuality. If he is endowed with these five qualities, bhikkhus, a
bhikkhu is not fit to live away from the Community.



Laypeople must also avoid this kind of asantuṭṭhitā:

Snp 1.6


ā€œsehi dārehi asantuį¹­į¹­ho, vesiyāsu padussati, dussati paradāresu, taṃ parābhavato mukhaį¹ƒā€.

Not satisfied with one’s own wives, he is seen among the whores and the wives of others — this is the cause of his downfall.



♦ Although the word is mostly used with this negative connotation, it is also occasionally used with a positive (kusala) connotation. At AN 7.56 the devas who are content with their Brahmā state and do not know a higher escape (nissaraṇa) do not understand what those who are not content with that state and do know something higher may understand:

AN 7.56


ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā brahmena āyunā
santuį¹­į¹­hā… te uttari nissaraṇaṃ yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānanti, tesaṃ na
evaṃ ñāṇaṃ hoti… ye ca kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā
brahmena āyunā asantuį¹­į¹­hā… te ca uttari nissaraṇaṃ yathābhÅ«taṃ
pajānanti, tesaṃ evaṃ ñāṇaṃ hoti…

Sir Moggallāna, the devas of Brahmā’s retinue who are content with a
brahmā’s longevity… and who do not know, as it actually is, an escape
higher than this, do not have such a knowledge… But the devas of
Brahmā’s retinue who are not content with a brahmā’s longevity… and
who know, as it actually is, an escape higher than this, have such a
knowledge…



At AN 2.5, asantuṭṭhitā applied to wholesome states (kusalā dhammā) is presented as very important for developing further on the path:

AN 2.5


dvinnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ upaññāsiṃ: yā ca asantuṭṭhitā kusalesu dhammesu, yā ca appaṭivānitā padhānasmiṃ.

Bhikkhus, I have come to know two qualities: non-contentment with wholesome states and tirelessness in exertion.



At SN 55.40, being satisfied with the four usual sot·āpattiyĀ·aį¹…gas leads to not making an effort (vāyama) in solitude (paviveka), and then to successively miss on pāmojja, pÄ«ti and passaddhi, and finally dwell in dukkha, which is considered living with pamāda, while not being satisfied with them prompts one to make the effort in solitude and experience successively pāmojja, pÄ«ti, passaddhi, sukha, samādhi, the fact that phenomena have become manifest, and finally living with appamāda.

At AN 6.80, the word is interestingly surrounded by related concepts:

AN 6.80


chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva mahantattaṃ
vepullattaṃ pāpuṇāti dhammesu. katamehi chahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
ālokabahulo ca hoti yogabahulo ca vedabahulo ca asantuṭṭhibahulo ca
anikkhittadhuro ca kusalesu dhammesu uttari ca patāreti.

If he is endowed with six qualities, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu attains in no
long time greatness and fullness in [wholesome] states. What six? Here,
bhikkhus, a bhikkhu is full of light, full of endeavor, full of
enthusiasm, full of dissatisfaction [with wholesome states already
attained], he doesn’t shirk his task in wholesome states, and he keeps
progressing further.





Bodhi leaf


asappurisa: [a+sappurisa]

bad person.

The word is always contrasted with sappurisa. Bāla is sometimes explicitly mentioned as a synonym:


MN 129


ā€˜bālo ayaṃ bhavaṃ asappuriso’’ti.

ā€˜This individual is a fool, a bad person’.



The term is defined multiple times. We find in the suttas three main ways to define it. According to the micchā·paṭipadā:

SN 45.26


katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco micchādiṭṭhiko
hoti, micchāsaį¹…kappo, micchāvāco, micchākammanto, micchāājÄ«vo,
micchāvāyāmo, micchāsati, micchāsamādhi. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappurisoā€.

And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone is of wrong
view, wrong aspiration, wrong speech, wrong action, wrong livelihood,
wrong effort, wrong mindfulness and wrong concentration. This, bhikkhus,
is what is called a bad person.

ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco micchādiį¹­į¹­hiko hoti, micchāsaį¹…kappo, micchāvāco, micchākammanto,
micchāājÄ«vo, micchāvāyāmo, micchāsati, micchāsamādhi, micchāñāṇī,
micchāvimutti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro.

And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here,
bhikkhus, someone is of wrong view, wrong aspiration, wrong speech,
wrong action, wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong mindfulness, wrong
concentration, wrong knowledge and wrong liberation. This, bhikkhus, is
what is called one who is worse than a bad person.



According to various subsets of the ten akusalā kamma·pathā:

AN 4.204


ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātÄ«
hoti, adinnādāyÄ« hoti, kāmesumicchācārÄ« hoti, musāvādÄ« hoti, pisuṇavāco
hoti, pharusavāco hoti, samphappalāpī hoti, abhijjhālu hoti,
byāpannacitto hoti, micchādiṭṭhiko hoti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappuriso.

And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone destroys
life, takes what is not given, engages in misconduct regarding
[pleasures of] sensuality, speaks falsehood, speaks maliciously, speaks
harshly, speaks frivolously, is covetous, has a malevolent mind, is of
wrong view. This, bhikkhus, is what is called a bad person.

ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco attanā ca pāṇātipātÄ« hoti, paraƱca pāṇātipāte samādapeti,
attanā ca adinnādāyī hoti, paraƱca adinnādāne samādapeti,
attanā ca kāmesumicchācārī hoti, paraƱca kāmesumicchācāre samādapeti,
attanā ca musāvādī hoti, paraƱca musāvāde samādapeti,
attanā ca pisuṇavāco hoti, paraƱca pisuṇavācāya samādapeti,
attanā ca pharusavāco hoti, paraƱca pharusavācāya samādapeti,
attanā ca samphappalāpī hoti, paraƱca samphappalāpe samādapeti, attanā
ca abhijjhālu hoti, paraƱca abhijjhāya samādapeti; attanā ca
byāpannacitto hoti, parañca byāpāde samādapeti, attanā ca micchādiṭṭhiko
hoti, parañca micchādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappurisena asappurisataro.

And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here,
bhikkhus, someone destroys life himself and incites others to destroy
life, takes what is not given himself and incites others to take what is
not given, engages in misconduct regarding [pleasures of] sensuality
himself and incites others to engage in misconduct regarding [pleasures
of] sensuality, speaks falsehood himself and incites others to speak
falsehood, speaks maliciously himself and incites others to speak
maliciously, speaks harshly himself and incites others to, speaks
frivolously himself and incites others to, is covetous himself and
incites others to speak harshly, has a malevolent mind himself and
incites others to have a malevolent mind, is of wrong view himself and
incites others to have wrong view. This, bhikkhus, is what is called one
who is worse than a bad person.



According to a particular set of bad qualities:

AN 4.202


ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco assaddho
hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, appassuto hoti, kusīto hoti,
muṭṭhassati hoti, duppañño hoti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappuriso.

And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone doesn’t
have conviction, doesn’t have conscientiousness, doesn’t have scruple,
doesn’t acquire learning, is lazy, is of forgetful mindfulness, is of
deficient discernment. This, bhikkhus, is what is called a bad person.

ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco attanā ca assaddho hoti, paraƱca assaddhiye samādapeti; attanā ca
ahiriko hoti, paraƱca ahirikatāya samādapeti; attanā ca anottappī hoti,
paraƱca anottappe samādapeti; attanā ca appassuto hoti, paraƱca
appassute samādapeti; attanā ca kusīto hoti, paraƱca kosajje samādapeti;
attanā ca muṭṭhassati hoti, parañca muṭṭhassacce samādapeti; attanā ca
duppañño hoti, parañca duppaññatāya samādapeti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappurisena asappurisataro.

And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here,
bhikkhus, someone doesn’t have conviction himself and incites others to
be without conviction, doesn’t have conscientiousness himself and
incites others to be without conscientiousness, doesn’t have scruple
himself and incites others to be without scruple, doesn’t acquire
learning himself and incites others to not acquire learning, is lazy
himself and incites others to be lazy, is of forgetful mindfulness
himself and incites others to be of forgetful mindfulness, is of
deficient discernment himself and incites others to be of deficient
discernment. This, bhikkhus, is what is called one who is worse than a
bad person.



The term is also defined or explained at great length in two suttas of the Majjhima Nikāya:

MN 110


asappuriso, bhikkhave, assaddhammasamannāgato hoti, asappurisabhatti
hoti, asappurisacintī hoti, asappurisamantī hoti, asappurisavāco hoti,
asappurisakammanto hoti, asappurisadiį¹­į¹­hi hoti; asappurisadānaṃ detiā€.

“A person of no integrity is endowed with qualities of no integrity; he
is a person of no integrity in his friendship, in the way he wills, the
way he gives advice, the way he speaks, the way he acts, the views he
holds, & the way he gives a gift.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso assaddhammasamannāgato hoti? idha,
bhikkhave, asappuriso assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti,
appassuto hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, duppañño hoti. evaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, asappuriso assaddhammasamannāgato hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity endowed with qualities of no
integrity? There is the case where a person of no integrity is lacking
in conviction, lacking in conscience, lacking in concern [for the
results of unskillful actions]; he is unlearned, lazy, of muddled
mindfulness, & poor discernment. This is how a person of no
integrity is endowed with qualities of no integrity.”

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisabhatti hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappurisassa ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā assaddhā ahirikā anottappino
appassutā kusītā muṭṭhassatino duppaññā tyāssa mittā honti te sahāyā.
evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisabhatti hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in his
friendship? There is the case where a person of no integrity has, as his
friends & companions, those brahmans & contemplatives who are
lacking in conviction, lacking in conscience, lacking in concern,
unlearned, lazy, of muddled mindfulness, & poor discernment. This is
how a person of no integrity is a person of no integrity in his
friendship.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisacintÄ« hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso attabyābādhāyapi ceteti, parabyābādhāyapi ceteti,
ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso
asappurisacintī hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he wills? There is the case where a person of no integrity wills for
his own affliction, or for the affliction of others, or for the
affliction of both. This is how a person of no integrity is a person of
no integrity in the way he wills.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisamantÄ« hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso attabyābādhāyapi manteti, parabyābādhāyapi manteti,
ubhayabyābādhāyapi manteti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso
asappurisamantī hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he gives advice? There is the case where a person of no integrity gives
advice for his own affliction, or for the affliction of others, or for
the affliction of both. This is how a person of no integrity is a person
of no integrity in the way he gives advice.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisavāco hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso musāvādÄ« hoti, pisuṇavāco hoti, pharusavāco hoti,
samphappalāpī hoti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisavāco hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he speaks? There is the case where a person of no integrity is one who
tells lies, engages in divisive tale-bearing, engages in harsh speech,
engages in idle chatter. This is how a person of no integrity is a
person of no integrity in the way he speaks.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisakammanto hoti? idha,
bhikkhave, asappuriso pāṇātipātÄ« hoti, adinnādāyÄ« hoti, kāmesumicchācārÄ«
hoti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisakammanto hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he acts? There is the case where a person of no integrity is one who
takes life, steals, engages in illicit sex. This is how a person of no
integrity is a person of no integrity in the way he acts.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadiį¹­į¹­hi hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso evaṃdiį¹­į¹­hi hoti: ā€˜natthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiį¹­į¹­haṃ, natthi
hutaṃ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, natthi ayaṃ loko,
natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā,
natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaį¹­ipannā, ye imaƱca lokaṃ
paraƱca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiƱƱā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. evaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadiį¹­į¹­hi hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the
views he holds? There is the case where a person of no integrity is one
who holds a view like this: ‘There is nothing given, nothing offered,
nothing sacrificed. There is no fruit or result of good or bad actions.
There is no this world, no next world, no mother, no father, no
spontaneously reborn beings; no brahmans or contemplatives who, faring
rightly & practicing rightly, proclaim this world & the next
after having directly known & realized it for themselves.’ This is
how a person of no integrity is a person of no integrity in the views he
holds.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadānaṃ deti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso asakkaccaṃ dānaṃ deti, asahatthā dānaṃ deti, acittīkatvā
dānaṃ deti, apaviṭṭhaṃ dānaṃ deti anāgamanadiṭṭhiko dānaṃ deti. evaṃ
kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadānaṃ deti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he gives a gift? There is the case where a person of no integrity gives
a gift inattentively, not with his own hand, disrespectfully, as if
throwing it away, with the view that nothing will come of it. This is
how a person of no integrity is a person of no integrity in the way he
gives a gift.

ā€œso, bhikkhave, asappuriso evaṃ assaddhammasamannāgato, evaṃ
asappurisabhatti, evaṃ asappurisacintī, evaṃ asappurisamantī, evaṃ
asappurisavāco, evaṃ asappurisakammanto, evaṃ asappurisadiṭṭhi; evaṃ
asappurisadānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā yā asappurisānaṃ gati
tattha upapajjati. kā ca, bhikkhave, asappurisānaṃ gati? nirayo vā
tiracchānayoni vā.

“This person of no integrity, thus endowed with qualities of no
integrity; a person of no integrity in his friendship, in the way he
wills, the way he gives advice, the way he speaks, the way he acts, the
views he holds, & the way he gives a gift, on the break-up of the
body, after death, reappears in the destination of people of no
integrity. And what is the destination of people of no integrity? Hell
or the animal womb.



MN 113


ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo? idha, bhikkhave, asappuriso
uccākulā pabbajito hoti. so iti paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜ahaṃ khomhi uccākulā
pabbajito, ime panaƱƱe bhikkhÅ« na uccākulā pabbajitā’ti. so tāya
uccākulīnatāya attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti. ayaṃ, bhikkhave,
asappurisadhammo …

“And which is the quality of a person of no integrity? “There is the
case where a person of no integrity goes forth from a high-ranking
family. He notices, ‘I have gone forth from a high-ranking family, but
these other monks have not gone forth from a high-ranking family.’ He
exalts himself for having a high-ranking family and disparages others.
This is the quality of a person of no integrity …

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso mahākulā pabbajito hoti …
mahābhogakulā pabbajito hoti … uḷārabhogakulā pabbajito hoti. so iti
paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜ahaṃ khomhi uḷārabhogakulā pabbajito, ime panaƱƱe
bhikkhÅ« na uḷārabhogakulā pabbajitā’ti. so tāya uḷārabhogatāya
attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti. ayampi, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo …

“Furthermore, a person of no integrity goes forth from a great family…
a family of great wealth… a family of extensive wealth. He notices,
‘I have gone forth from a family of extensive wealth, but these other
monks have not gone forth from a family of extensive wealth.’ He exalts
himself for having a family of extensive wealth and disparages others.
This is the quality of a person of no integrity …

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso Ʊāto hoti yasassÄ«… lābhÄ« hoti
cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārānaṃ…
bahussuto hoti… vinayadharo hoti… dhammakathiko hoti… āraƱƱiko
hoti… paṃsukÅ«liko hoti… piį¹‡įøapātiko hoti… rukkhamÅ«liko hoti…
sosāniko hoti… abbhokāsiko hoti… nesajjiko hoti… yathāsanthatiko
hoti… ekāsaniko hoti… paį¹­hamaṃ jhānaṃ… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ… tatiyaṃ
jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati… ākāsānaƱcāyatanaṃ…
viññāṇaƱcāyatanaṃ… ākiƱcaƱƱāyatanaṃ… nevasaƱƱānāsaƱƱāyatanaṃ
upasampajja viharati. so iti paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜ahaṃ khomhi
neva-saññā-nāsaññ-āyatana-samāpattiyā lābhī, ime panaññe bhikkhū
neva-saƱƱā-nāsaƱƱ-āyatana-samāpattiyā na lābhino’ti. so tāya
neva-saññā-nāsaññ-āyatana-samāpattiyā attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti.
ayampi, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo.

“Furthermore, a person of no integrity is well-known & highly
regarded … is one who gains robe-cloth, alms-food, lodgings, &
medicinal requisites for the sick … is learned … is a master of the
Vinaya … is a Dhamma-speaker … is a wilderness dweller … is one
who wears robes of thrown-away rags… an alms-goer… one who dwells at
the root of a tree… a cemetery dweller… one who lives in the open
air… one who doesn’t lie down… one who is content with whatever
dwelling is assigned to him… one who eats only one meal a day …
enters & remains in the first jhāna … in the second jhāna… the
third jhāna… the fourth jhāna… the dimension of the infinitude of
space… the dimension of the infinitude of consciousness… the
dimension of nothingness… the dimension of neither perception nor
non-perception. He notices, ‘I have gained the attainment of the
dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, but these other
monks have not gained the attainment of the dimension of neither
perception nor non-perception.’ He exalts himself for the attainment of
the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception and disparages
others. This is the quality of a person of no integrity.



The sutta doesn’t mention the behavior of an asappurisa who would attain saññā·vedayitaĀ·nirodha, while it mentions that of a sappurisa who would, which suggests that a person who reaches such a state can no longer be an asappurisa.

♦ An asappurisa can be recognized by the way he relates to his own and his fellows’ faults and virtues:

AN 4.73


ā€œcatÅ«hi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato asappuriso veditabbo. katamehi
catÅ«hi? idha, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti parassa avaṇṇo taṃ apuį¹­į¹­hopi
pātu karoti, ko pana vādo puṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
ahāpetvā alambitvā paripÅ«raṃ vitthārena parassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.

“Monks, a person endowed with these four qualities can be known as ‘a
person of no integrity.’ Which four? There is the case where a person of
no integrity, when unasked, reveals another person’s bad points, to say
nothing of when asked. Furthermore, when asked, when pressed with
questions, he is one who speaks of another person’s bad points in full
& in detail, without omission, without holding back. Of this person
you may know, ‘This venerable one is a person of no integrity.’

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti parassa vaṇṇo taṃ puį¹­į¹­hopi
na pātu karoti, ko pana vādo apuṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
hāpetvā lambitvā aparipÅ«raṃ avitthārena parassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.

“Then again, a person of no integrity, when asked, does not reveal
another person’s good points, to say nothing of when unasked.
Furthermore, when asked, when pressed with questions, he is one who
speaks of another person’s good points not in full, not in detail, with
omissions, holding back. Of this person you may know, ‘This venerable
one is a person of no integrity.’

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti attano avaṇṇo taṃ puį¹­į¹­hopi
na pātu karoti, ko pana vādo apuṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
hāpetvā lambitvā aparipÅ«raṃ avitthārena attano avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.

“Then again, a person of no integrity, when asked, does not reveal his
own bad points, to say nothing of when unasked. Furthermore, when asked,
when pressed with questions, he is one who speaks of his own bad points
not in full, not in detail, with omissions, holding back. Of this
person you may know, ‘This venerable one is a person of no integrity.’

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti attano vaṇṇo taṃ apuį¹­į¹­hopi
pātu karoti, ko pana vādo puṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
ahāpetvā alambitvā paripÅ«raṃ vitthārena attano vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti. imehi kho,
bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato asappuriso veditabbo.

“Then again, a person of no integrity, when unasked, reveals his own
good points, to say nothing of when asked. Furthermore, when asked, when
pressed with questions, he is one who speaks of his own good points in
full & in detail, without omissions, without holding back. Of this
person you may know, ‘This venerable one is a person of no integrity.’



♦ According to AN 2.33, an asappurisa is ungrateful (aĀ·katĀ·aññū - ‘one who doesn’t know what has been done’) and unthankful (aĀ·kataĀ·vedÄ« - ‘one who doesn’t feel what has been done’).

♦ At AN 2.135, someone who, without knowing well nor investigating (anĀ·anuvicca aĀ·pariyĀ·ogāhetvā), speaks in praise of someone who deserves critic (aĀ·vaṇṇ·ārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati), or criticizes someone who deserves praise (vaṇṇ·ārahassa aĀ·vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati), is an asappurisa. In the immediately following sutta, the same holds for believing a matter that merits suspiscion (appasādanÄ«ye į¹­hāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti) or being suspicious about a matter that merits belief (pasādanÄ«ye į¹­hāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti).

♦ At AN 2.137, one who misbehaves (micchā·paį¹­ipajjati) towards his mother or father is an asappurisa, and in the immediately following sutta, the same holds for the Tathāgata or one of his disciples (tathāgataĀ·sāvaka).

♦ At AN 10.61, listening to a teaching that contradicts the saddhamma is caused by association with asappurisā.



Bodhi leaf


āsava: that which flows (out or on to) outflow and influx.

1) spirit, the intoxicating extract or secretion of a tree or flower.

2) discharge from a sore (AN 3.25).

3) that which intoxicates the mind (bemuddles it,
befoozles it, so that it cannot rise to higher things). Impurities/
pollutions/ fermentations/ corruptions of the mind.

The Buddha often refers to arahatta as the total destruction of āsavas (āsavakkhaya). Sāriputta lists āsavas as threefold at MN 9:

1. kām-āsava

2. bhav-āsava

3. avijj-āsava

The Sabbāsava Sutta explains in detail how the different types of āsavas are to be eradicated.



Bodhi leaf


āsavānaṃ khayañāṇa: [āsava khaya+ñāṇa] knowledge of the ending of āsavas, which arises with arahatta. It is one of the three vijjās. The formula defining it is analyzed there.



Bodhi leaf


asmimāna: [asmi+māna]

the conceit ‘I am’.

The term asmi·māna can be considered as a variant form of māna, which constitutes one of the five saṃyojanas that disappear only with arahatta, and one of the seven anusayas. Thus, it is essentially something to get rid of.

♦ In this connection, aniccaĀ·saƱƱā applied to the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas is often presented as the way to remove asmiĀ·māna, e.g.:


SN 22.102


ā€œkathaṃ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, aniccasaƱƱā kathaṃ bahulÄ«katā… sabbaṃ
asmimānaṃ samÅ«hanati? ā€˜iti rÅ«paṃ, iti rÅ«passa samudayo, iti rÅ«passa
atthaį¹…gamo; iti vedanā… iti saƱƱā… iti saį¹…khārā… iti viññāṇaṃ, iti
viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaį¹…gamo’ti. evaṃ bhāvitā kho,
bhikkhave, aniccasaƱƱā evaṃ bahulÄ«katā… sabbaṃ asmimānaṃ
samÅ«hanatÄ«ā€ti.

And how, bhikkhus, is the perception of impermanence developed and
practiced often so that it eradicates… all conceit ‘I am’? ‘Such is
Form, such its apparition, such its extinction; such is Feeling… such
is Perception… such are Fabrications… such is Consciousness, such
its apparition, such its extinction’: this is how the perception of
impermanence is developed and practiced often so that it eradicates…
all conceit ‘I am’.



In an equivalent statement, the term asmiĀ·māna is mentioned as applying to the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas, and the term aniccaĀ·saƱƱā is replaced by ‘udayabbay·ānupassÄ«’ (observing apparition and extinction).


MN 122


paƱca kho ime, ānanda, upādānakkhandhā yattha bhikkhunā
udayabbayānupassinā vihātabbaṃ. ā€˜iti rÅ«paṃ iti rÅ«passa samudayo iti
rÅ«passa atthaį¹…gamo, iti vedanā… iti saƱƱā… iti saį¹…khārā… iti
viññāṇaṃ iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññāṇassa atthaį¹…gamo’ti. tassa
imesu paƱcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassino viharato yo paƱcasu
upādānakkhandhesu asmimāno so pahīyati.

There are these five clinging-aggregates where a monk should stay,
keeping track of arising & passing away (thus): ‘Such is form, such
its origination, such its disappearance. Such is feeling… Such is
perception… Such are fabrications… Such is consciousness, such its
origination, such its disappearance.’ As he stays keeping track of
arising & passing away with regard to these five
clinging-aggregates, he abandons any conceit that ‘I am’ with regard to
these five clinging-aggregates.



As a matter of fact, it is revealed at AN 9.1 that aniccaĀ·saƱƱā does not lead directly to asmiĀ·mānaĀ·samugghāta (eradication of the conceit ‘I am’). Rather, aniccaĀ·saƱƱā leads first to anattaĀ·saƱƱā, which is the actual proximate cause for that eradication to take place:


AN 9.1


AniccasaƱƱā bhāvetabbā asmimānasamugghātāya. AniccasaƱƱino, bhikkhave,
anattasaƱƱā saṇṭhāti. anattasaƱƱī asmimānasamugghātaṃ pāpuṇāti diį¹­į¹­heva
dhamme nibbānanā€ti

The perception of inconstancy should be developed, for the eradication
of the conceit ‘I am’. In one who perceives inconstancy, bhikkhus, the
perception of non-self takes a stand. One who perceives non-self reaches
the eradication of the conceit ‘I am’, Nibbāna in this visible world.



♦ An alternative tool for abandoning asmiĀ·māna is kāyagatāsati:


AN 1.588


ekadhamme, bhikkhave, bhāvite bahulīkate asmimāno pahīyati. katamasmiṃ ekadhamme? kāyagatāya satiyā.

When, bhikkhus, one thing is developed and practiced often, the conceit
‘I am’ is abandoned. Which one thing? Mindfulness directed to the body.



AN 6.29, which features a unique list of anussatis, provides a more specific information: it is the nine sivathika contemplations that help eradicating asmi·māna:


AN 6.29


so imameva kāyaṃ evaṃ upasaṃharati: ā€˜ayampi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo
evaṃbhāvÄ« evaṃanatÄ«to’ti. idaṃ, bhante, anussatiį¹­į¹­hānaṃ evaṃ bhāvitaṃ
evaṃ bahulīkataṃ asmimānasamugghātāya saṃvattati.

He compares this very body with it [the corpse]: ‘This body is also of
such a nature, it will become like this, it is not exempt from that.’
This subject of recollection, when developed and practiced often in this
way, leads to the eradication of the conceit ‘I am.’



♦ We find in the suttas a few illustrative evocations of asmiĀ·māna
or its eradication. At SN 35.214, the practitioner is compared to a log
drifting on a river that will go all the way to the ocean (which stands
for nibbāna), provided it doesn’t get stopped on the way. One of the possible obstacles is asmiĀ·māna, which is compared to ‘being cast up on high ground’ (thale ussādo).

At AN 4.38, through eradication of asmiĀ·māna, a bhikkhu is called ‘patilÄ«na’,
which may mean ‘reserved’, ‘quiet’, ‘unostentatious’, ‘unpretentious’,
and which the commentary explains as ‘hidden’ or ‘gone into solitude’.

At AN 5.71, one who has abandoned asmiĀ·māna is said to be an ariya ‘with banner lowered’ (pannaĀ·ddhajo), ‘with burden dropped’ (pannaĀ·bhāra) and ‘detached’ or ‘unfettered’ (visaṃyutta).



Bodhi leaf


assāda: (apparent/sensory) satisfaction, enjoyment, gratification, sweetness, allure, happiness. Often cited together with ādÄ«nava and nissaraṇa as characteristics to be understood regarding various dhammas: the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas, kāma, certain diį¹­į¹­his etc. The assāda of a particular dhamma is generally described as the sukha and somanassa which arise on account of it. The assāda of kāma, rÅ«pa and vedanā are explained in detail at MN 13.



Bodhi leaf


assutavā: [a+suta+vā] uninstructed/ ignorant person - lit: ‘one who has not heard/learnt’.



Bodhi leaf


asubha: [a+subha]

1) (n:) non-beauty, foulness, loathsomeness, digust, ugliness.

2) (adj:) foul, loathsome, disgusting, ugly, impure, unpleasant.

Almost synonymous with paṭikūla. The contemplation of an asubha·nimitta is the way to develop asubha·saññā.

♦ The contemplation of an asubha object is exclusively aimed at removing rāga (e.g. MN 62, AN 6.107) or at removing kāmaĀ·cchanda, which is one of the five nÄ«varaṇas (with the help of an asubhaĀ·nimitta, at SN 46.51 and AN 1.16).

♦ In the Aį¹…guttara Nikāya, the expression ‘bhikkhu asubhānupassÄ« kāye viharati’ (a bhikkhu dwells contemplating asubha in the body) appears as a synonym for the practice of asubhaĀ·saƱƱā (at AN 10.60), often applied specifically to kāya, and generally in conjunction with āhāre paį¹­ikÅ«laĀ·saƱƱī, sabbaĀ·loke anĀ·abhirataĀ·saƱƱī, sabbaĀ·saį¹…khāresu anicc·ānupassÄ«, and maraṇaĀ·saƱƱ[Ä«]. This set of five factors is said in various synonym ways to lead to nibbāna (e.g. AN 5.69). They can also lead a sick bhikkhu to arahatta (AN 5.121). Alternatively, in some cases they lead only to anāgāmita (AN 5.122).

♦ The expression ‘asubhānupassÄ« kāye viharati’ is also described at AN 4.163 as participating of a painful mode of practice (dukkhā paį¹­ipadā).

♦ Seeing as subha something which is actually asubha constitutes one of four saññā·vipallāsa (distortions of perception), cittaĀ·vipallāsa (perversions of the mind), diį¹­į¹­hiĀ·vipallāsa (inversions of views), the other three being the corresponding misunderstanding of aniccā, dukkha and anatta (AN 4.49).

♦ At SN 54.9,
the danger in this practice is made evident, as it leads many bhikkhus
to commit suicide. It can be inferred that they did not apply yoniso manasi·kāra correctly and thus multiplied their aversion instead of removing
rāga or kāma·cchanda. After the incident, the Buddha recommands ānāpānassati·samādhi as a way to gain calm, pleasantness, and allay akusala dhammas.

♦ For further information about asubha practices, see asubhaĀ·nimitta and asubhaĀ·saƱƱā below.



Bodhi leaf


asubhanimitta: [asubha+nimitta]

sign of the unattractive, characteristic of foulness. The practice is to apply the mind to something repulsive, either per se
(corpses at various stages of putrefaction for example), or to the
repulsive aspects of something usually perceived otherwise, such as the
body (of which 31 parts are identified, see here) or food. It is worthwhile to note that this practice can be dangerous, as if the mind is not properly endowed with yoniso manasi·kāra, one may instead multiply aversion as it happens at SN 54.9, where many bhikkhus commit suicide. Generally speaking, an asubha·nimitta can also be defined as an object that allows for the practice of asubha·saññā.

♦ At SN 46.51 and AN 1.16, an asubhaĀ·nimitta is said to remove kāmaĀ·cchanda, which is one of the five nÄ«varaṇas. At AN 3.69, it is also said to remove rāga.

♦ One practice involving asubhaĀ·nimittas is described in most detail in the section on charnel grounds (sivathika) of the Mahā·satiĀ·paį¹­į¹­hāna Sutta, although not directly mentioned with this terminology.

♦ For further information about asubha practices, see asubhaĀ·saƱƱā below.



Bodhi leaf


asubhasaƱƱā: [asubha+saƱƱā]

perception of the unattractive, perception of foulness, perception of non-beauty. This practice is explained at AN 10.60: it consists in reviewing 31 body parts.

♦ According to AN 7.49, when one often applies his/her mind to this practice, he/she is automatically repulsed by methunaĀ·dhammaĀ·samāpatti (getting into sexual intercourse).

♦ The seven bojjhaį¹…gas can be developed in conjunction with asubhaĀ·saƱƱā (SN 46.72).

♦ According to AN 7.27, so long as the bhikkhus practice asubhaĀ·saƱƱā, only growth can be expected of them, not decline.

♦ In the Aį¹…guttara Nikāya, asubhaĀ·saƱƱā appears almost always with āhāre paį¹­ikÅ«laĀ·saƱƱā, sabbaĀ·loke anĀ·abhirataĀ·saƱƱā and maraṇaĀ·saƱƱā. They are often collectively recommended for the sake of understanding or removing rāga (e.g. AN 5.303).

♦ Other perceptions usually associated with asubhaĀ·saƱƱā include aniccaĀ·saƱƱā, anicce dukkhaĀ·saƱƱā, anattaĀ·saƱƱā, ādÄ«navaĀ·saƱƱā, pahānaĀ·saƱƱā, virāgaĀ·saƱƱā and nirodhaĀ·saƱƱā.



Bodhi leaf


asura: beings resembling titans or fallen angels. Considered as in a way similar to the devas, but as being in a duggati,
and thus living in misery. They are also often described as having a
hostile nature and as frequently engaging in war against the devas lead by Sakka. Their leader is called Vepacitti.



Bodhi leaf


ātāpī:

(adj:) ardent, diligent, serious in effort, zealous.

The term appears most prominently in the Satipaṭṭhāna formulas:


DN 22


bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ.

a bhikkhu dwells observing body in body, ardent, clearly comprehending, mindful, having given up covetousness and affliction towards the world.



It is explicitly defined at SN 16.2 in formulas reminiscent of those describing sammā·vāyāma:



ā€œkathaƱcāvuso, ātāpÄ« hoti? idhāvuso, bhikkhu ā€˜anuppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyun’ti ātappaṃ karoti,
ā€˜uppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahÄ«yamānā anatthāya
saṃvatteyyun’ti ātappaṃ karoti, ā€˜anuppannā me kusalā dhammā
anuppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyun’ti ātappaṃ karoti, ā€˜uppannā me
kusalā dhammā nirujjhamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyun’ti ātappaṃ karoti.
evaṃ kho, āvuso, ātāpī hoti.

And how, friend, is one ardent? Here, friend, a bhikkhu exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If unarisen bad, unskillful mental states arise in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If arisen bad, unskillful mental states are not abandoned in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If unarisen skillful mental states do not arise in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If arisen skillful mental states cease in me, this may lead to [my] misfortune.’ Thus, friend, he is ardent.



This definition is extended to include the ability to endure extreme dukkha·vedanā at AN 3.50:



ā€œyato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya ātappaṃ karoti,
anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya ātappaṃ karoti, uppannānaṃ
sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ
amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsanāya ātappaṃ karoti, ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu ātāpÄ« nipako sato sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyÄā€ti.

Bhikkhus, when a bhikkhu exerts ardor for the non-arising of
unarisen bad, unskillful mental states, for the arising of unarisen
skillful mental states, and for enduring arisen bodily feelings that are
painful, racking, sharp, piercing, disagreeable, displeasing,
threatening life, this is called, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu who is ardent, alert, and mindful for making a correct end of ill-being.



Another example of what being ātāpī means is given at AN 4.11:



ā€œcarato cepi… į¹­hitassa cepi… nisinnassa cepi… sayānassa cepi,
bhikkhave, bhikkhuno uppajjati kāmavitakko vā byāpādavitakko vā
vihiṃsāvitakko vā, taṃ ce bhikkhu nādhivāseti, pajahati vinodeti
byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti, sayānopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jāgaro
evaṃbhÅ«to ā€˜ÄtāpÄ« ottāpÄ« satataṃ samitaṃ āraddhavÄ«riyo pahitatto’ti vuccati.

If while walking… while standing… while sitting… while lying down a
thought of sensuality, a thought of ill will or a thought of harming
arises in a bhikkhu and he does not give in to it but abandons it,
dispels it, removes it, and brings it to complete cessation, then while
wakefully lying down that bhikkhu is said to be ardent, to fear wrongdoing and to be continually and continuously of aroused energy and resolute will.



And at AN 4.12:



ā€œcarato cepi… į¹­hitassa cepi… nisinnassa cepi… sayānassa cepi,
bhikkhave, bhikkhuno jāgarassa abhijjhābyāpādo vigato hoti, thinamiddhaṃ
pahīnaṃ hoti, uddhaccakukuccaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti, vicikicchā pahīnā hoti,
āraddhaṃ hoti vīriyaṃ asallīnaṃ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho
kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṃ cittaṃ ekaggaṃ, sayānopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
jāgaro evaṃbhÅ«to ā€˜ÄtāpÄ« ottāpÄ« satataṃ samitaṃ āraddhavÄ«riyo
pahitatto’ti vuccatÄ«ā€ti.

If while walking… while standing… while sitting… while wakefully
lying down covetousness and ill-will have ceased in a bhikkhu, dullness
and drowsiness are abandoned, mental agitation and worry are abandoned,
doubt is abandoned, his energy is aroused relentlessly, his mindfulness
is established and unconfused, his body is tranquil and calm, his mind
is concentrated and unified, then while wakefully lying down that
bhikkhu is said to be ardent, to fear wrongdoing and to be continually and continuously of aroused energy and resolute will.



A list of terms that appear to be related to ātappaṃ karoti and may help gathering the meaning of ātāpī is given at SN 12.87: sikkhā karoti (practice the training), yoga karoti (exert dedication), chanda karoti (stir up the desire), ussoḷhī karoti (make an exertion), appaṭivānī karoti (exert persistence), vīriyaṃ karoti (exert energy), sātaccaṃ karoti (exert perseverance), sati karoti (exert mindfulness), sampajaññaṃ karoti (exert clear comprehension), appamādo karoti (exert heedfulness).


SN 12.87


upādānaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ upādāne yathābhūtaṃ
ñāṇāya sikkhā karaṇīyā… yogo karaṇīyo… chando karaṇīyo… ussoįø·hÄ«
karaṇīyā… appaį¹­ivānÄ« karaṇīyā… ātappaṃ karaṇīyaṃ… vÄ«riyaṃ karaṇīyaṃ… sātaccaṃ karaṇīyaṃ… sati karaṇīyā… sampajaƱƱaṃ karaṇīyaṃ.. appamādo karaṇīyo.

Bhikkhus, one who does not know, who does not see attachment as it
really is should practice the training… exert dedication… stir up
the desire… make an exertion… exert persistence… exert ardor
exert energy… exert perseverance… exert mindfulness… exert clear
comprehension… exert heedfulness in order to know it as it really is.



Another list is found at DN 3 and adds padhāna, anuyoga and sammā·manasikāra (probably a synonym for yoniso manasikāra):


DN 3


ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārÅ«paṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati

Some renuniciate or brahmin, by means of ardor, by means of
effort, by means of dedication, by means of heedfulness, by means of
proper consideration, attains such a concentration of the mind



Some suttas help understanding what being ātāpī means, as they explain what may happen when the practitioner is in that state:


SN 36.7


ā€œtassa ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino
pahitattassa viharato uppajjati sukhā vedanā… dukkhā vedanā. so evaṃ
pajānāti: ā€˜uppannā kho myāyaṃ dukkhā vedanā. sā ca kho paį¹­icca, no
appaṭicca. kiṃ paṭicca? imameva kāyaṃ paṭicca. ayaṃ kho pana kāyo anicco
saį¹…khato paį¹­iccasamuppanno. aniccaṃ kho pana saį¹…khataṃ
paṭiccasamuppannaṃ kāyaṃ paṭicca uppannā dukkhā vedanā kuto niccā
bhavissatī’ti! so kāye ca dukkhāya vedanāya aniccānupassÄ« viharati,
vayānupassī viharati, virāgānupassī viharati, nirodhānupassī viharati,
paṭinissaggānupassī viharati. tassa kāye ca dukkhāya ca vedanāya
aniccānupassino viharato, vayānupassino viharato, virāgānupassino
viharato, nirodhānupassino viharato, paṭinissaggānupassino viharato, yo
kāye ca dukkhāya ca vedanāya paṭighānusayo, so pahīyati.

As a monk is dwelling thus mindful & alert — heedful, ardent,
& resolute — a feeling of pleasure… a feeling of pain arises in
him. He discerns that ‘A feeling of pain has arisen in me. It is
dependent on a requisite condition, not independent. Dependent on what?
Dependent on this body. Now, this body is inconstant, fabricated,
dependently co-arisen. Being dependent on a body that is inconstant,
fabricated, & dependently co-arisen, how can this feeling of pain
that has arisen be constant?’ He remains focused on inconstancy with
regard to the body & to the feeling of pain. He remains focused on
dissolution… dispassion… cessation… relinquishment with regard to
the body & to the feeling of pain. As he remains focused on
inconstancy… dissolution… dispassion… cessation… relinquishment
with regard to the body & to the feeling of pain, he abandons any
resistance-obsession with regard to the body & the feeling of pain.

ā€œtassa ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā… yo kāye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca vedanāya avijjānusayo, so pahÄ«yati.

As he is dwelling thus mindful & alert — heedful, ardent,
& resolute — a feeling of neither-pleasure-nor-pain arises in him…
he abandons any ignorance-obsession with regard to the body & the
feeling of neither-pleasure-nor-pain.



For a more refined understanding of the expression
and what it may have meant at the time, it is interesting to study
related words. We may start by noting that the closest word in Sanskrit
is ātapya (ą¤†ą¤¤ą¤Ŗą„ą¤Æ), meaning ‘being in the sunshine’.

1) The first shade of meaning is best illustrated by the verb tapati, meaning ‘to shine’, as at SN 1.26: ‘divā tapati ādicco’ (the sun shines by day) or at SN 21.11: ’sannaddho khattiyo tapati’ (the khattiya shines clad in armor).

2) The second shade of meaning can be derived
from the first by noting that staying where the sun shines in a
tropical climate generally turns out to be a hot and unpleasant
experience, which may be how tapati comes to refer to the dukkhaĀ·vipāka that arises as a result of akusala kamma. Thus, at AN 10.141, the tenfold micchā·paį¹­ipadā is called ‘the teaching that causes torment’ (tapanÄ«yo dhammo). AN 2.3 provides more detail about the workings of these torments:



ā€œdveme, bhikkhave, dhammā tapanÄ«yā. katame dve? idha, bhikkhave,
ekaccassa kāyaduccaritaṃ kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti kāyasucaritaṃ;
vacīduccaritaṃ kataṃ hoti; akataṃ hoti vacīsucaritaṃ; manoduccaritaṃ
kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti manosucaritaṃ. so ā€˜kāyaduccaritaṃ me katan’ti tappati, ā€˜akataṃ me kāyasucaritan’ti tappati; ā€˜vacÄ«duccaritaṃ me katan’ti tappati, ā€˜akataṃ me vacÄ«sucaritan’ti tappati; ā€˜manoduccaritaṃ me katan’ti tappati, ā€˜akataṃ me manosucaritan’ti tappati. ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā tapanÄ«yÄā€ti.

Bhikkhus, these two things cause torment. Which two? Here,
bhikkhus, someone has performed bodily misconduct and has not performed
bodily good conduct; he has performed verbal misconduct and has not
performed verbal good conduct; he has performed mental misconduct and
has not performed mental good conduct. He is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have performed bodily misconduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have not performed bodily good conduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have performed verbal misconduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have not performed verbal good conduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have performed mental misconduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have not performed mental good conduct.’ These, bhikkhus, are two things that cause torment.



We also find various instances of words related to tapati, used to refer to dukkha·vipāka and the remorse the wrong-doer experiences:


SN 2.8


akataṃ dukkaṭaṃ seyyo, pacchā tapati dukkaṭaṃ.

Better left undone is a wrong deed, for a wrong deed later brings torment.




SN 2.22


na taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā anutappati.

An action which, once performed, brings torment is not well done.




Dhp 17


idha tappati pecca tappati,
pāpakārī ubhayattha tappati.
‘pāpaṃ me katan’ti tappati,
bhiyyo tappati duggatiṃ gato.

The evil-doer is tormented here and is tormented hereafter,
He is tormented in both [worlds].
He is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have done evil [things]’,
And he is tormented even more when gone to a bad destination [after death].



3) The third shade of meaning is also derived from
the first, as staying in the sunshine can also be a symbol for making an
effort, for example to earn one’s living:


AN 5.33


ā€œyo naṃ bharati sabbadā,
niccaṃ ātāpi ussuko.
sabbakāmaharaṃ posaṃ,
bhattāraṃ nātimaññati.

The one who always supports her
Constantly ardent and zealous
The man who brings what she desires,
Her husband she does not despise.



In another example, someone overcome by the three akusala·mūlas does not make an effort to correct the falsehood that is said to him:


AN 3.70


abhūtena vuccamāno ātappaṃ karoti tassa nibbeṭhanāya itipetaṃ atacchaṃ itipetaṃ abhūtanti.

When he is told things that are not factual, he makes an effort to correct it: ‘It is not true because of this, it is not factual because of this’.



4) The fourth connotation, stronger, is that of asceticism or austerities.


MN 12


iti evarūpaṃ anekavihitaṃ kāyassa ātāpana-paritāpan-ānuyogamanuyutto viharāmi. idaṃsu me, sāriputta, tapassitāya hoti.

Thus in such a variety of ways I dwelt pursuing the practice of tormenting and mortifying the body. Such was my asceticism.



Those austerities are depicted at MN 51:




ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto?
idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo acelako hoti muttācāro hatthāpalekhano
naehibhaddantiko natiṭṭhabhaddantiko; nābhihaṭaṃ na uddissakataṃ na
nimantanaṃ sādiyati; so na kumbhimukhā paį¹­iggaṇhāti na kaįø·opimukhā
paį¹­iggaṇhāti na eįø·akamantaraṃ na daį¹‡įøamantaraṃ na musalamantaraṃ na
dvinnaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ na gabbhiniyā na pāyamānāya na purisantaragatāya
na saį¹…kittÄ«su na yattha sā upaį¹­į¹­hito hoti na yattha makkhikā
saį¹‡įøasaį¹‡įøacārinÄ«; na macchaṃ na maṃsaṃ na suraṃ na merayaṃ na thusodakaṃ
pivati. so ekāgāriko vā hoti ekālopiko, dvāgāriko vā hoti dvālopiko…
sattāgāriko vā hoti sattālopiko; ekissāpi dattiyā yāpeti, dvīhipi
dattÄ«hi yāpeti… sattahipi dattÄ«hi yāpeti; ekāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti,
dvÄ«hikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti… sattāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti iti evarÅ«paṃ
aįøįøhamāsikaṃ pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. so
sākabhakkho vā hoti, sāmākabhakkho vā hoti, nīvārabhakkho vā hoti,
daddulabhakkho vā hoti, haį¹­abhakkho vā hoti, kaṇabhakkho vā hoti,
ācāmabhakkho vā hoti, piƱƱākabhakkho vā hoti, tiṇabhakkho vā hoti,
gomayabhakkho vā hoti; vanamūlaphalāhāro yāpeti pavattaphalabhojī. so
sāṇānipi dhāreti, masāṇānipi dhāreti, chavadussānipi dhāreti,
paṃsukūlānipi dhāreti, tirīṭānipi dhāreti, ajinampi dhāreti,
ajinakkhipampi dhāreti, kusacīrampi dhāreti, vākacīrampi dhāreti,
phalakacīrampi dhāreti, kesakambalampi dhāreti, vāḷakambalampi dhāreti,
ulūkapakkhampi dhāreti; kesamassulocakopi hoti,
kesamassulocanānuyogamanuyutto, ubbhaṭṭhakopi hoti āsanapaṭikkhitto,
ukkuį¹­ikopi hoti ukkuį¹­ikappadhānamanuyutto, kaṇṭakāpassayikopi hoti
kaṇṭakāpassaye seyyaṃ kappeti; sāyatatiyakampi
udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati iti evarūpaṃ anekavihitaṃ kāyassa ātāpanaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto.

And what, bhikkhus, is the person who torments himself and pursues the practice of mortifying
himself? Here, bhikkhus, a certain person goes naked, rejecting
conventions, licking his hands, not coming when asked, not stopping when
asked; he does not accept food brought or food specially made or an
invitation to a meal; he receives nothing from a pot, from a bowl,
across a threshold, across a stick, across a pestle, from two eating
together, from a pregnant woman, from a woman giving suck, from a woman
lying with a man, from where food was advertised to be distributed, from
where a dog was waiting, from where flies were buzzing; he accepts no
fish or meat, he drinks no liquor, wine or fermented brew. He keeps to
one house, to one morsel; he keeps to two houses, to two morsels;… he
keeps to seven houses, to seven morsels. He lives on one saucerful a
day, on two saucerfuls a day… on seven saucerfuls a day; he takes food
once a day, once every two days… once every seven days, and so on up
to once every fortnight; he dwels pursuing the practice of taking food
at stated intervals. He is an eater of greens or millet or wild rice or
hide-parings or moss or ricebran or rice-scum or sesamum flour or grass
or cowdung. He lives on forest roots and fruits, he feeds on fallen
fruits. He clothes himself in hemp, in hemp-mixed cloth, in shrouds, in
refuse rags, in tree bark, in antelope hide, in strips of antelope hide,
in kusa-grass fabric, in bark fabric, in wood-shavings fabric, in
head-hair wool, in animal wool, in owls’ wings. He is one who pulls out
hair and beard, pursuing the practice of pulling out hair and beard. He
is one who stands continuously, rejecting seats. He is one who squats
continuously, devoted to maintaining the squatting position. He is one
who uses a mattress of spikes; he makes a mattress of spikes his bed. He
dwells pursuing the practice of bathing in water three times daily
including the evening. Thus in such a variety of ways he dwells pursuing
the practice of tormenting and mortifying the body. This, bhikkhus, is what is called the person who torments himself and pursues the practice of mortifying himself.



Given on one hand this close proximity of the term ātāpī with the vocabulary of austerity and mortification and on the other the fact that the Buddha recommends being ātāpī (most prominently in the satipaṭṭhāna
formulas), and knowing he also rejected self-mortification, in order to
understand more precisely what he meant exactly by being ātāpī, it would appear useful to examine in greater details what his wider position was in regards to austerity.

First of all, it should be borne in mind that the
Buddha clearly rejects the pursuit of self-mortification in his first
recorded discourse, the DhammaĀ·cakkaĀ·ppavattana Sutta:


SN 56.11


ā€œdveme, bhikkhave, antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. katame dve? yo cāyaṃ
kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo
anatthasaṃhito, yo cāyaṃ attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṃhito.

These two extremes, bhikkhus, should not be adopted by one who has gone
forth from the home life. Which two? On one hand, the pursuit of
hedonism towards sensuality, which is inferior, vulgar, common, ignoble,
deprived of benefit, and on the other hand the pursuit of self-mortification, which is painful, ignoble and deprived of benefit.



But at AN 10.94,
the Buddha says he does not reject categorically both “all austerity”
and “all ascetics leading the rough life”, as it all depends on whether
their practice removes unwholesome states and brings about wholesome
ones, or not:



—
ā€œsaccaṃ kira, gahapati, samaṇo gotamo sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati, sabbaṃ tapassiṃ lÅ«khājÄ«viṃ ekaṃsena upakkosati upavadatÄ«ā€ti?

—
“Is it true, householder, that Gotama the contemplative criticizes all asceticism, that he categorically denounces & disparages all ascetics who live the rough life?”

—
ā€œna kho, bhante, bhagavā sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati napi sabbaṃ tapassiṃ lÅ«khājÄ«viṃ ekaṃsena upakkosati upavadati.

—
“No, venerable sirs, the Blessed One does not criticize all asceticism, nor does he categorically denounce or disparage all ascetics who live the rough life.

… [The Blessed One:]

nāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ tapaṃ tapitabbanti vadāmi; na ca panāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ tapaṃ na tapitabbanti
vadāmi; nāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ samādānaṃ samāditabbanti vadāmi; na
panāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ samādānaṃ na samāditabbanti vadāmi; nāhaṃ,
gahapati, sabbaṃ padhānaṃ padahitabbanti vadāmi; na panāhaṃ, gahapati,
sabbaṃ padhānaṃ na padahitabbanti vadāmi; nāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbo
paṭinissaggo paṭinissajjitabboti vadāmi. na panāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbo
paṭinissaggo na paṭinissajjitabboti vadāmi; nāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbā
vimutti vimuccitabbāti vadāmi; na panāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbā vimutti na
vimuccitabbāti vadāmi.

I don’t say that all asceticism is to be pursued, nor do I say that all asceticism is not to be pursued.
I don’t say that all observances should be observed, nor do I say that
all observances should not be observed. I don’t say that all exertions
are to be pursued, nor do I say that all exertions are not to be
pursued. I don’t say that all forfeiture should be forfeited, nor do I
say that all forfeiture should not be forfeited. I don’t say that all
release is to be used for release, nor do I say that all release is not
to be used for release.

ā€œyaƱhi, gahapati, tapaṃ tapato akusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarÅ«paṃ tapaṃ na tapitabbanti vadāmi. yaƱca khvassa gahapati, tapaṃ tapato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, evarÅ«paṃ tapaṃ tapitabbanti vadāmi.

“If, when an ascetic practice is pursued, unskillful qualities grow and skillful qualities wane, then I tell you that that sort of asceticism is not to be pursued. But if, when an ascetic practice is pursued, unskillful qualities wane and skillful qualities grow, then I tell you that that sort of asceticism is to be pursued.

ā€œyaƱhi, gahapati, samādānaṃ samādiyato… padhānaṃ padahato…
paį¹­inissaggaṃ paį¹­inissajjato… vimuttiṃ vimuccato akusalā dhammā
abhivaįøįøhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarÅ«pā vimutti na
vimuccitabbāti vadāmi. yañca khvassa, gahapati, vimuttiṃ vimuccato
akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, evarÅ«pā vimutti
vimuccitabbāti vadāmÄ«ā€ti.

“If, when an observance is observed… when an exertion is pursued… a
forfeiture is forfeited… a release is used for release, unskillful
qualities grow and skillful qualities wane, then I tell you that that
sort of release is not to be used for release. But if, when a release is
used for release, unskillful qualities wane and skillful qualities
grow, then I tell you that that sort of release is to be used for
release.”



But again, by contrast, at SN 42.12, while still not
rejecting categorically both “all austerity” and “all ascetics leading
the rough life”, the Buddha does seem to reject categorically the fact
of ‘attānaṃ ātāpeti paritāpeti’ (tormenting and torturing oneself), by presenting it as a reason good enough by itself to draw disapproval:

SN 42.12


ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rāsiyo gāmaṇi bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:

Having sat down to one side, Rasiya the headman said to the Blessed One:

—
ā€œsutaṃ metaṃ, bhante, ā€˜samaṇo gotamo sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati, sabbaṃ tapassiṃ
lÅ«khajÄ«viṃ ekaṃsena upavadati upakkosatī’ti . ye te, bhante,
evamāhaṃsu… kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino, na ca bhagavantaṃ
abhūtena abbhācikkhanti, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākaronti, na ca koci
sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṃ į¹­hānaṃ āgacchatÄ«ā€ti?

—
Bhante, I have heard: ‘The renunciate Gotama disapproves of all austerity, he categorically criticizes and blames all ascetics leading a rough life.’
Those who say this, Bhante… do they speak in line with what the
Blessed One has said, do they not misrepresent the Blessed One with what
is contrary to fact, do they answer in line with the Dhamma, so that no
one whose thinking is in line with the Dhamma would have grounds for
criticizing them?

—
ā€œye te, gāmaṇi, evamāhaṃsu… na me te vuttavādino, abbhācikkhanti ca pana maṃ te asatā tucchā abhÅ«tenaā€.

—
Those who say this, headman, do not speak in line with what I have said,
and they misrepresent me with what is false and contrary to fact.

ā€œtatra, gāmaṇi, yvāyaṃ tapassÄ« lÅ«khajÄ«vÄ« attānaṃ ātāpeti paritāpeti,
kusalañca dhammaṃ adhigacchati, uttari ca manussadhammā
alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikaroti. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, tapassÄ«
lūkhajīvī ekena ṭhānena gārayho, dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso. katamena ekena
ṭhānena gārayho? attānaṃ ātāpeti paritāpetīti, iminā ekena
ṭhānena gārayho. katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso? kusalañca dhammaṃ
adhigacchatīti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. uttari ca manussadhammā
alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarotÄ«ti, iminā dutiyena į¹­hānena
pāsaṃso.

Here, headman, regarding the ascetic leading a rough life who torments and tortures
himself, yet achieves a wholesome state and realizes a supra-human
state, an attainment in knowledge and vision that is suitable to the
noble ones, this ascetic leading a rough life, headman, may be
disapproved of on one ground and praised on two grounds. And what is the
one ground on which he may be disapproved of? He torments and tortures
himself: this is the one ground on which he may be disapproved of. And
what are the two grounds on which he may be praised? He achieves a
wholesome state: this is the first ground on which he may be praised. He
realizes a supra-human state, an attainment in knowledge and vision
that is suitable to the noble ones: this is the second ground on which
he may be praised.



Yet the exact same combination of verbs, ‘ātāpeti paritāpeti’ (meaning here to heat and burn),
is also used (although with a different connotation) at MN 101 in a
simile illustrating a recommended kind of unpleasant practice:


MN 101


ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ? idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva anaddhabhūtaṃ attānaṃ dukkhena addhabhāveti,
dhammikañca sukhaṃ na pariccajati, tasmiñca sukhe anadhimucchito hoti.
so evaṃ pajānāti: ā€˜imassa kho me dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato
saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo hoti, imassa pana me dukkhanidānassa
ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hotī’ti. so yassa hi khvāssa
dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo hoti,
saį¹…khāraṃ tattha padahati. yassa panassa dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato
upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti, upekkhaṃ tattha bhāveti. tassa tassa
dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo hoti.
evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti. tassa tassa dukkhanidānassa
ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti. evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ
nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti.

“And how is striving fruitful, how is exertion fruitful? There is the
case where a monk, when not loaded down, does not load himself down with
pain, nor does he reject pleasure that accords with the Dhamma,
although he is not fixated on that pleasure. He discerns that ‘When I
exert a [physical, verbal, or mental] fabrication against this cause of
stress, then from the fabrication of exertion there is dispassion. When I
look on with equanimity at that cause of stress, then from the
development of equanimity there is dispassion.’ So he exerts a
fabrication against the cause of stress where there comes dispassion
from the fabrication of exertion, and develops equanimity with regard to
the cause of stress where there comes dispassion from the development
of equanimity. Thus the stress coming from the cause of stress for which
there is dispassion through the fabrication of exertion is exhausted
& the stress resulting from the cause of stress for which there is
dispassion through the development of equanimity is exhausted.

ā€œseyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso itthiyā sāratto paį¹­ibaddhacitto
tibbacchando tibbāpekkho. so taṃ itthiṃ passeyya aññena purisena saddhiṃ
santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ. taṃ kiṃ maññatha,
bhikkhave, api nu tassa purisassa amuṃ itthiṃ disvā aññena purisena
saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ uppajjeyyuṃ
soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass-Å«pāyāsÄā€ti?

“Suppose that a man is in love with a woman, his mind ensnared with
fierce desire, fierce passion. He sees her standing with another man,
chatting, joking, & laughing. What do you think, monks: As he sees
her standing with another man, chatting, joking, & laughing, would
sorrow, lamentation, pain, distress, & despair arise in him?”

—
ā€œevaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“Yes, lord.

—
ā€œtaṃ kissa hetuā€?

—
Why is that?

—
ā€œamu hi, bhante, puriso amussā itthiyā sāratto paį¹­ibaddhacitto
tibbacchando tibbāpekkho… soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass-Å«pāyāsÄā€ti.

—
Because he is in love with her, his mind ensnared with fierce desire,
fierce passion… sorrow, lamentation, pain, distress, & despair
would arise in him.

—
ā€œatha kho, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa evamassa: ā€˜ahaṃ kho amussā itthiyā
sāratto paṭibaddhacitto tibbacchando tibbāpekkho. tassa me amuṃ itthiṃ
disvā aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ
saṃhasantiṃ uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā. yaṃnūnāhaṃ yo
me amussā itthiyā chandarāgo taṃ pajaheyyan’ti. so yo amussā itthiyā
chandarāgo taṃ pajaheyya. so taṃ itthiṃ passeyya aparena samayena aññena
purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ.
taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu tassa purisassa amuṃ itthiṃ disvā
aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ
saṃhasantiṃ uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassÅ«pāyāsÄā€ti?

—
“Now suppose the thought were to occur to him, ‘I am in love with this
woman, my mind ensnared with fierce desire, fierce passion. When I see
her standing with another man, chatting, joking, & laughing, then
sorrow, lamentation, pain, distress, & despair arise within me. Why
don’t I abandon my desire & passion for that woman?’ So he abandons
his desire & passion for that woman, and afterwards sees her
standing with another man, chatting, joking, & laughing. What do you
think, monks: As he sees her standing with another man, chatting,
joking, & laughing, would sorrow, lamentation, pain, distress, &
despair arise in him?”

—
ā€œno hetaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“No, lord.

—
ā€œtaṃ kissa hetuā€?

—
Why is that?

—
ā€œamu hi, bhante, puriso amussā itthiyā virāgo. tasmā taṃ itthiṃ disvā
aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ
saṃhasantiṃ na uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassÅ«pāyāsÄā€ti.

—
He is dispassionate toward that woman. As he sees her standing with
another man, chatting, joking, & laughing, sorrow, lamentation,
pain, distress, & despair would not arise in him.

—
ā€œevameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva anaddhabhÅ«taṃ attānaṃ dukkhena
addhabhāveti, dhammikañca sukhaṃ na pariccajati, tasmiñca sukhe
anadhimucchito hoti. so evaṃ pajānāti: ā€˜imassa kho me dukkhanidānassa
saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo hoti, imassa pana me
dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hotī’ti. so
yassa hi khvāssa dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā
virāgo hoti, saį¹…khāraṃ tattha padahati; yassa panassa dukkhanidānassa
ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti, upekkhaṃ tattha bhāveti.
tassa tassa dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo
hoti: evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti. tassa tassa dukkhanidānassa
ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti: evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ
nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti. evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ
padhānaṃ.

—
“In the same way, the monk, when not loaded down, does not load himself
down with pain, nor does he reject pleasure that accords with the
Dhamma, although he is not infatuated with that pleasure. He discerns
that ‘When I exert a [physical, verbal, or mental] fabrication against
this cause of stress, then from the fabrication of exertion there is
dispassion. When I look on with equanimity at that cause of stress, then
from the development of equanimity there is dispassion.’ So he exerts a
fabrication against the cause of stress where there comes dispassion
from the fabrication of exertion, and develops equanimity with regard to
the cause of stress where there comes dispassion from the development
of equanimity. Thus the stress coming from the cause of stress for which
there is dispassion through the fabrication of exertion is exhausted
& the stress resulting from the cause of stress for which there is
dispassion through the development of equanimity is exhausted. This,
bhikkhus, is how striving is fruitful, how exertion is fruitful.

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜yathāsukhaṃ kho
me viharato akusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti;
dukkhāya pana me attānaṃ padahato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā
dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti. yaṃnÅ«nāhaṃ dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyyan’ti. so
dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. tassa dukkhāya attānaṃ padahato akusalā
dhammā parihāyanti kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti. so na aparena samayena
dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. taṃ kissa hetu? yassa hi so, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu atthāya dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyya svāssa attho abhinipphanno
hoti. tasmā na aparena samayena dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati.

“Furthermore, the monk notices this: ‘When I live according to my
pleasure, unskillful mental qualities increase in me & skillful
qualities decline. When I exert myself with stress & pain, though,
unskillful qualities decline in me & skillful qualities increase.
Why don’t I exert myself with stress & pain?’ So he exerts himself
with stress & pain, and while he is exerting himself with stress
& pain, unskillful qualities decline in him, & skillful
qualities increase. Then at a later time he would no longer exert
himself with stress & pain. Why is that? Because he has attained the
goal for which he was exerting himself with stress & pain. That is
why, at a later time, he would no longer exert himself with stress &
pain.

seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. yato kho, bhikkhave, usukārassa tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpitaṃ hoti paritāpitaṃ ujuṃ kataṃ kammaniyaṃ, na so taṃ aparena samayena usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. taṃ kissa hetu? yassa hi so, bhikkhave, atthāya usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeyya paritāpeyya ujuṃ kareyya kammaniyaṃ svāssa attho abhinipphanno hoti. tasmā na aparena samayena usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ.

“Suppose a fletcher were to heat & warm an arrow shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable. Then at a later time he would no longer heat & warm the shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable. Why is that? Because he has attained the goal for which he was heating & warming the shaft. That is why at a later time he would no longer heat & warm the shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable.

evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜yathāsukhaṃ kho me
viharato akusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti; dukkhāya pana me attānaṃ padahato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti. yaṃnÅ«nāhaṃ dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyyan’ti. so dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. tassa dukkhāya attānaṃ padahato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti. so na aparena samayena dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. taṃ kissa hetu? yassa hi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthāya dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyya svāssa attho abhinipphanno hoti. tasmā na aparena samayena dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ.

“In the same way, the monk notices this: ‘When I live according to my
pleasure, unskillful mental qualities increase in me & skillful
qualities decline. When I exert myself with stress & pain, though, unskillful qualities decline in me & skillful qualities increase. Why don’t I exert myself with stress & pain?’ So he exerts himself with stress & pain, and while he is exerting himself with stress & pain, unskillful qualities decline in him, & skillful qualities increase. Then at a later time he would no longer exert himself with stress & pain. Why is that? Because he has attained the goal for which he was exerting himself with stress & pain. That is why, at a later time, he would no longer exert himself with stress & pain. This is how striving is fruitful, how exertion is fruitful.



Examples of some inherently unpleasant practices are mentioned elsewhere:


AN 4.163


ā€œkatamā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhā paį¹­ipadā dandhābhiƱƱā? idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī,
sabbaloke anabhiratisaƱƱī, sabbasaį¹…khāresu aniccānupassÄ«; maraṇasaƱƱā
kho panassa ajjhattaṃ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti.

“And which is painful practice … ? There is the case where a
monk remains focused on unattractiveness with regard to the body,
percipient of loathsomeness with regard to food, percipient of
non-delight with regard to the entire world, (and) focused on
inconstancy with regard to all fabrications. The perception of death is
well established within him.



A reason why some practices may become unpleasant is also mentioned at AN 4.162:



ā€œkatamā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhā paį¹­ipadā … ? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco pakatiyāpi tibbarāgajātiko hoti, abhikkhaṇaṃ rāgajaṃ dukkhaṃ
domanassaṃ paį¹­isaṃvedeti. pakatiyāpi tibbadosajātiko hoti, abhikkhaṇaṃ
dosajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. pakatiyāpi tibbamohajātiko
hoti, abhikkhaṇaṃ mohajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paį¹­isaṃvedeti.

“And which is painful practice … ? There is the case where a
certain individual is normally of an intensely passionate nature. He
perpetually experiences pain & distress born of passion. Or he is
normally of an intensely aversive nature. He perpetually experiences
pain & distress born of aversion. Or he is normally of an intensely
deluded nature. He perpetually experiences pain & distress born of
delusion.



The Buddha also goes so far as to accept the appellation ‘one who tortures [himself]’ (tapassÄ«), saying that what he has tortured were actually akusala dhammas:


AN 8.12


ā€œkatamo ca, sÄ«ha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ā€˜tapassÄ« samaṇo gotamo, tapassitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? tapanÄ«yāhaṃ, sÄ«ha, pāpake akusale dhamme vadāmi kāyaduccaritaṃ vacÄ«duccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ. yassa kho, sÄ«ha, tapanÄ«yā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahÄ«nā ucchinnamÅ«lā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṃ ā€˜tapassī’ti vadāmi. tathāgatassa kho, sÄ«ha, tapanÄ«yā
pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā
āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. ayaṃ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena
sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ā€˜tapassÄ« samaṇo gotamo, tapassitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetÄ«ā€™ā€ti.

And what, Siha, is the line of reasoning by which one speaking rightly could say of me: ‘The renunciate Gotama is one who tortures, he professes a teaching of torture and instructs his disciples accordingly’? I say, Siha, that bad, unwholesome states, bodily misconduct, verbal misconduct and mental misconduct are to be tortured. I say that one who has abandoned the bad, unwholesome states that are to be tortured,
cut them off at their root, made them like a palmyra stump, annihilated
them, so that they are unable to arise again in the future, is one who tortures himself. The Tathagata has abandoned the bad, unwholesome states that are to be tortured,
cut them off at their root, made them like a palmyra stump, annihilated
them, so that they are unable to arise again in the future. This is the
line of reasoning by which one speaking rightly could say of me: ‘The renunciate Gotama is one who tortures himself, he professes a teaching of torture and instructs his disciples accordingly’.



So we may try to conclude here that what the Buddha
rejected was the performance of unpleasant practices that would not help
removing unwholesome states and developing wholesome ones (AN 10.94),
or even if they do have that effect, the performance of unpleasant
practices for themselves, as a way of ‘rough life’ (lÅ«khajÄ«vita, SN
42.12). But even the right type of asceticism has to be undertaken in a
balanced way, to avoid having it ending up developing unwholesome
states:


AN 6.55


—
ā€œnanu te, soṇa, rahogatassa paį¹­isallÄ«nassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko
udapādi: ā€˜ye kho keci bhagavato sāvakā āraddhavÄ«riyā viharanti, ahaṃ
tesaṃ aññataro. atha ca pana me na anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccati,
saṃvijjanti kho pana me kule bhogā, sakkā bhogā ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca
kātuṃ. yaṃnūnāhaṃ sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjeyyaṃ
puƱƱāni ca kareyyanā€™ā€ti?

—
“Just now, as you were meditating in seclusion, didn’t this train of
thought appear to your awareness: ‘Of the Blessed One’s disciples who
have aroused their persistence, I am one, but my mind is not released
from the fermentations through lack of clinging/sustenance. Now, my
family has enough wealth that it would be possible to enjoy wealth &
make merit. What if I were to disavow the training, return to the lower
life, enjoy wealth, & make merit?’”

—
ā€œevaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“Yes, lord.”

—
ā€œtaṃ kiṃ maƱƱasi, soṇa, kusalo tvaṃ pubbe agāriyabhÅ«to vīṇāya tantissareā€ti?

—
“Now what do you think, Sona. Before, when you were a house-dweller, were you skilled at playing the vina?”

—
ā€œevaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“Yes, lord.”

—
ā€œtaṃ kiṃ maƱƱasi, soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo accāyatā honti, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatÄ« vā hoti kammaƱƱā vÄā€ti?

—
“And what do you think: when the strings of your vina were too taut, was your vina in tune & playable?”

—
ā€œno hetaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“No, lord.”

—
ā€œtaṃ kiṃ maƱƱasi, soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo atisithilā honti, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatÄ« vā hoti kammaƱƱā vÄā€ti?

—
“And what do you think: when the strings of your vina were too loose, was your vina in tune & playable?”

—
ā€œno hetaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“No, lord.”

—
ā€œyadā pana te, soṇa, vīṇāya tantiyo na accāyatā honti nātisithilā same
guṇe patiį¹­į¹­hitā, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatÄ« vā hoti kammaƱƱā
vÄā€ti?

—
“And what do you think: when the strings of your vina were neither too
taut nor too loose, but tuned to be right on pitch, was your vina in
tune & playable?”

—
ā€œevaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“Yes, lord.”

—
ā€œevamevaṃ kho, soṇa, accāraddhavÄ«riyaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvattati,
atisithilavÄ«riyaṃ kosajjāya saṃvattati. tasmātiha tvaṃ, soṇa,
vīriyasamathaṃ adhiṭṭhahaṃ, indriyānañca samataṃ paṭivijjha, tattha ca
nimittaṃ gaṇhāhÄ«ā€ti.

—
“In the same way, Sona, over-aroused persistence leads to restlessness,
overly slack persistence leads to laziness. Thus you should determine
the right pitch for your persistence, attune the pitch of the [five]
faculties [to that], and there pick up your theme.”



It may also be important to note that being ātāpī does not necessarily refer to unpleasant practice, since it can constitute the basis to enter the jhānas:


SN 48.40


idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa
viharato uppajjati dukkhindriyaṃ. so evaṃ pajānāti: ā€˜uppannaṃ kho me
idaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ, taƱca kho sanimittaṃ sanidānaṃ sasaį¹…khāraṃ
sappaccayaṃ. taƱca animittaṃ anidānaṃ asaį¹…khāraṃ appaccayaṃ
dukkhindriyaṃ uppajjissatÄ«ti: netaṃ į¹­hānaṃ vijjati’. so dukkhindriyaƱca
pajānāti, dukkhindriyasamudayaƱca pajānāti, dukkhindriyanirodhaƱca
pajānāti, yattha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati tañca
pajānāti. kattha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati? idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi
savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharati: ettha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati. ayaṃ
vuccati, bhikkhave, ā€˜bhikkhu aƱƱāsi dukkhindriyassa nirodhaṃ, tadatthāya
cittaṃ upasaṃharatiā€™ā€.

Here, bhikkhus, while a bhikkhu is remaining heedful, ardent and striving, the pain faculty arises. He understands thus: ‘The
pain faculty has arisen in me; it possesses a feature, a cause, a
construction, a condition. It is impossible that the pain faculty would
arise without a feature, a cause, a construction, a condition’
. He
understands the pain faculty, he understands its origin, he understands
its cessation, and he understands where the arisen pain faculty ceases
completely. And where does the pain faculty cease completely? Here,
bhikkhous, a bhikkhu, detached from sensuality, detached from
unwholesome states, having entered in the first jhāna, remains therein,
with thoughts, with thought processes, exaltation and well-being
engendered by detachment: here the arisen pain faculty ceases
completely. This is called, bhikkhus, ‘a bhikkhu who knows the cessation of the pain faculty, and who directs his mind to that end.’



The same is then repeated about domanass·indriya, sukh·indriya, somanass·indriya, and upekkh·indriya, respectively about the second, third, fourth jhānas and saññā·vedayita·nirodha. At MN 19, the same expression appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato (remaining heedful, ardent and striving) is similarly used to describe the state in which the Buddha was when he reached the three vijjās just before his awakening.



Bodhi leaf


attā: self, ego, soul, personality, individuality. This term actually designates an illusion, since all phenomena are anattā.



Bodhi leaf


attavādupādāna: [attā+vāda+upādāna] clinging to the belief in self. Such beliefs are explained in the Brahmajāla Sutta (DN 1),
in which 53 out of the 62 views examined relate to the belief in self
(views n°9 to 16 are not included). It also constitutes one of the four
items that come in the stock definition of upādāna.

This attachment is compared to a leash:


SN 22.99


ā€œseyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sā gaddulabaddho daįø·he khÄ«le vā thambhe vā
upanibaddho tameva khīlaṃ vā thambhaṃ vā anuparidhāvati anuparivattati;
evameva kho, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī
ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto, sappurisānaṃ adassāvī
sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpaṃ attato
samanupassati rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā rūpaṃ rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ;
vedanaṃ attato samanupassati… saƱƱaṃ attato samanupassati… saį¹…khāre
attato samanupassati… viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati viññāṇavantaṃ vā
attānaṃ attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ.

Just as a dog, tied by a leash to a post or stake, keeps running around
and circling around that very post or stake; in the same way, an
uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person — who has no regard for noble ones,
is not well-versed or disciplined in their Dhamma; who has no regard
for people of integrity, is not well-versed or disciplined in their
Dhamma — assumes form to be the self, or the self as possessing form, or
form as in the self, or the self as in form. He assumes feeling to be
the self… He assumes perception to be the self… He assumes (mental)
fabrications to be the self… He assumes consciousness to be the self,
or the self as possessing consciousness, or consciousness as in the
self, or the self as in consciousness.

so rÅ«paƱƱeva anuparidhāvati anuparivattati, vedanaƱƱeva …
saƱƱaƱƱeva… saį¹…khāreyeva… viññāṇaƱƱeva anuparidhāvati
anuparivattati. so rÅ«paṃ anuparidhāvaṃ anuparivattaṃ, vedanaṃ …
saƱƱaṃ… saį¹…khāre… viññāṇaṃ anuparidhāvaṃ anuparivattaṃ, na
parimuccati rÅ«pamhā… vedanāya… saƱƱāya… saį¹…khārehi… viññāṇamhā,
na parimuccati jātiyā jarāmaraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi
domanassehi upāyāsehi. ā€˜na parimuccati dukkhasmā’ti vadāmiā€.

He keeps running around and circling around that very form… that very
feeling… that very perception… those very fabrications… that very
consciousness. He is not set loose from form, not set loose from
feeling… from perception… from fabrications… not set loose from
consciousness. He is not set loose from birth, aging, & death; from
sorrows, lamentations, pains, distresses, & despairs. He is not set
loose, I tell you, from suffering & stress.



This delusion is described as being the source of the mistake that brings about the idea of an existing self:


SN 22.47


ā€œye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṃ attānaṃ
samanupassamānā samanupassanti, sabbete paƱcupādānakkhandhe
samanupassanti, etesaṃ vā aññataraṃ. katame pañca? idha, bhikkhave,
assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme
avinīto, sappurisānaṃ adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido
sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, rūpavantaṃ vā
attānaṃ; attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. vedanaṃ. saññaṃ.
saį¹…khāre. viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati, viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ;
attani vā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaį¹ƒā€.

Monks, whatever contemplatives or brahmans who assume in various ways
when assuming a self, all assume the five clinging-aggregates, or a
certain one of them. Which five? There is the case where an
uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person — who has no regard for noble ones,
is not well-versed or disciplined in their Dhamma; who has no regard
for men of integrity, is not well-versed or disciplined in their Dhamma —
assumes form to be the self, or the self as possessing form, or form as
in the self, or the self as in form. He assumes feeling to be the
self… He assumes perception to be the self… He assumes (mental)
fabrications to be the self… He assumes consciousness to be the self,
or the self as possessing consciousness, or consciousness as in the
self, or the self as in consciousness.

ā€œiti ayaƱceva samanupassanā ā€˜asmī’ti cassa avigataṃ hoti. ā€˜asmī’ti kho
pana, bhikkhave, avigate pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ avakkanti hoti:
cakkhundriyassa sotindriyassa ghānindriyassa jivhindriyassa
kāyindriyassa.

Thus, both this assumption & the understanding, ‘I am,’ occur to
him. And so it is with reference to the understanding ‘I am’ that there
is the appearance of the five faculties — eye, ear, nose, tongue, &
body (the senses of vision, hearing, smell, taste, & touch).

atthi, bhikkhave, mano, atthi dhammā, atthi avijjādhātu.
avijjāsamphassajena, bhikkhave, vedayitena phuṭṭhassa assutavato
puthujjanassa ā€˜asmī’tipissa hoti; ā€˜ayamahamasmī’tipissa hoti;
ā€˜bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜na bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜rÅ«pÄ«
bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜arÅ«pÄ« bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜saƱƱī
bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜asaƱƱī bhavissan’tipissa hoti;
ā€˜nevasaƱƱīnāsaƱƱī bhavissan’tipissa hotiā€.

Now, there is the intellect, there are ideas (mental qualities), there
is the property of ignorance. To an uninstructed run-of-the-mill person,
touched by experience born of the contact of ignorance, there occur
(the thoughts): ‘I am,’ ‘I am thus,’ ‘I shall be,’ ‘I shall not be,’ ‘I
shall be possessed of form,’ ‘I shall be formless,’ ‘I shall be
percipient (conscious),’ ‘I shall be non-percipient,’ or ‘I shall be
neither percipient nor non-percipient.’



The exact same description occurs also at MN 109 in a definition of sakkāya·diṭṭhi.

At SN 22.44, the same description is again given to explain the expression ’sakkāyaĀ·samudayaĀ·gāminÄ« paį¹­ipada’ (the path leading to the arising of self-identification), and it is also equated to ‘dukkhaĀ·samudayaĀ·gāminÄ« samanupassanā’ (a way of seeing things that leads to the arising of dukkha).

Sometimes, the stock expression ‘rÅ«paṃ attato
samanupassati rÅ«pavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā rÅ«paṃ rÅ«pasmiṃ vā attānaṃ’
(he assumes form to be the self, or the self as possessing form, or
form as in the self, or the self as in form)
is replaced by ‘rÅ«paṃ
ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati’ (he regards Form
as ‘This is mine. This is my self. This is what I am’)
. Here in the context of an explanation about upādāna:


SN 22.8


kathaƱca, bhikkhave, upādāparitassanā hoti? idha, bhikkhave, assutavā
puthujjano rÅ«paṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati.
tassa taṃ rÅ«paṃ vipariṇamati aƱƱathā hoti. tassa
rÅ«pavipariṇāmaƱƱathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā.
vedanaṃ… saƱƱaṃ… saį¹…khāre… viññāṇaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso
me attā’’ti samanupassati. tassa taṃ viññāṇaṃ vipariṇamati aƱƱathā hoti.
tassa viññāṇavipariṇāmaƱƱathābhāvā uppajjanti
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, upādāparitassanā
hoti.

And how, bhikkhus, is there agitation through clinging? Here, bhikkhus, an uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person regards Form as ‘This is mine. This is my self. This is what I am’
His form changes & alters, and he falls into sorrow, lamentation,
pain, distress, & despair over its change & alteration. He
regards Feeling… Perception… Fabrications… Consciousness as ‘This is mine. This is my self. This is what I am’
His consciousness changes & alters, and he falls into sorrow,
lamentation, pain, distress, & despair over its change &
alteration. Thus, bhikkhus, there is agitation through clinging.



As we can also see here, attaĀ·vādĀ·upādāna has for consequence ‘agitation through clinging’ (upādāparitassanā).

The formula ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti is also used to explain another way the expression ’sakkāyaĀ·samudayaĀ·gāminÄ« paį¹­ipada’ (the path leading to the arising of self-identification), and is applied to the six senses, their objects, their corresponding viññāṇa, their respective contacts, and the vedanā that arises subsquently:


MN 148


ā€œayaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, sakkāyasamudayagāminÄ« paį¹­ipadā: cakkhuṃ ā€˜etaṃ
mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; rÅ«pe ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; cakkhuviññāṇaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; cakkhusamphassaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; vedanaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; taṇhaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; sotaṃ… ghānaṃ… jivhaṃ…
kāyaṃ… manaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati,
dhamme… samanupassati, manoviññāṇaṃ… samanupassati,
manosamphassaṃ… samanupassati, vedanaṃ… samanupassati, taṇhaṃ ā€˜etaṃ
mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati.

“This, monks, is the path of practice leading to self-identification.
One assumes about the eye that ‘This is me, this is my self, this is
what I am.’ One assumes about forms… One assumes about consciousness
at the eye… One assumes about contact at the eye… One assumes about
feeling… One assumes about craving that ‘This is me, this is my self,
this is what I am.’ One assumes about the ear… the nose… the
tongue… the body… the intellect that ‘This is me, this is my self,
this is what I am.’ One assumes about ideas… One assumes about
consciousness at the intellect… One assumes about contact at the
intellect… One assumes about feeling… One assumes about craving that
‘This is me, this is my self, this is what I am.’



The Alagaddūpama Sutta provides a slightly different formulation of how atta·vād·upādāna comes to be:


MN 22


ā€œchayimāni, bhikkhave, diį¹­į¹­hiį¹­į¹­hānāni. katamāni cha? idha, bhikkhave,
assutavā puthujjano… rÅ«paṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti
samanupassati; vedanaṃ… saƱƱaṃ… saį¹…khāre… yampi taṃ diį¹­į¹­haṃ sutaṃ
mutaṃ viƱƱātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ, anuvicaritaṃ manasā tampi ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati; yampi taṃ diį¹­į¹­hiį¹­į¹­hānaṃ, so
loko so attā, so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo,
sassatisamaṃ tatheva į¹­hassāmÄ«ti, tampi ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me
attā’ti samanupassati.

Monks, there are these six view-positions. Which six? There is the case
where an uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person… assumes about form:
‘This is me, this is my self, this is what I am.’ He assumes about
feeling… perception… fabrications… about what seen, heard, sensed,
cognized, attained, sought after, pondered by the intellect: ‘This is
me, this is my self, this is what I am.’ He assumes about the
view-position — ‘This cosmos is the self. After death this I will be
constant, permanent, eternal, not subject to change. I will stay just
like that for an eternity’: ‘This is me, this is my self, this is what I
am.’



The way to abandon atta·vād·upādāna is by seeing anatta in the five khandhas:


MN 8


ā€œyā imā, cunda, anekavihitā diį¹­į¹­hiyo loke uppajjanti
attavādapaṭisaṃyuttā vā lokavādapaṭisaṃyuttā vā yattha cetā diṭṭhiyo
uppajjanti yattha ca anusenti yattha ca samudācaranti taṃ ā€˜netaṃ mama,
nesohamasmi, na me so attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhÅ«taṃ sammappaƱƱā passato
evametāsaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ pahānaṃ hoti, evametāsaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ paṭinissaggo
hoti.

“Cunda, as to those several views that arise in the world concerning
self-doctrines and world-doctrines, if [the object] in which these views
arise, in which they underlie and become active, is seen with right
wisdom as it actually is, thus: ‘This is not mine, this I am not, this
is not my self’ — then the abandoning of these views, their discarding,
takes place in him [who thus sees].





Bodhi leaf


avihiṃsā: [a+vihiṃsā] harmlessness, nonviolence, inoffensiveness.

There is no direct definition of the term in the
suttas. It seems to have been a well-known concept at the time that did
not require much explanation. It can be seen as a principle underlying sammā·vācā, sammā·kammanta and sammā·ājīva.

Avihiṃsā appears most prominently in avihiṃsā·saį¹…kappa, one of the three constituents of sammā·saį¹…kappa, which are also termed kusalā saį¹…kappā at MN 78. Alternatively, it also appears in the compound avihiṃsā·vitakka, which seems to be a synonym for avihiṃsā·saį¹…kappa. See also this blog article, arguing that, since avihiṃsā is set apart from aĀ·byāpāda
in those two lists, the word probably refers more specifically to
instances where one harms others without ill-will or malevolence.

In several suttas (e.g. MN 114, AN 5.200) two of the three dhammas listed in sammā·saį¹…kappa appear in the same order, and avihiṃsā is replaced as the third by avihesā (non-harming). Another synonym is ahimsā (inoffensiveness):


AN 3.45


sabbhi dānaṃ upaññattaṃ, ahiṃsā saṃyamo damo.

The virtuous prescribe giving, inoffensiveness, self-control, and self-taming.




SN 10.4


ā€œyassa sabbamahorattaṃ, ahiṃsāya rato mano mettaṃ so sabbabhÅ«tesu, veraṃ tassa na kenacÄ«ā€ti.

One whose mind takes delight in inoffensiveness all day and night, who has loving-kindness for all beings, has enmity towards none.



Inoffensiveness (ahiṃsā) is also nobility:


Dhp 270


na tena ariyo hoti, yena pāṇāni hiṃsati. ahiṃsā sabbapāṇānaṃ, ā€œariyoā€ti pavuccati.

One who injures living beings is ignoble. One who is inoffensive towards all living beings is said to be a noble one.



In the DhātuĀ·vibhaį¹…ga of the Abhidhamma, karuṇa is said to be inherent to avihiṃsā·dhātu: ‘yā sattesu karuṇā karuṇāyanā karuṇāyitattaṃ karuṇācetovimutti, ayaṃ vuccati ā€œavihiṃsādhātuā€’. This statement finds an echo in various parts of the Sutta Piį¹­aka, as for example in the Dhammapada:




129. sabbe tasanti daį¹‡įøassa, sabbe bhāyanti maccuno.
attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā, na haneyya na ghātaye.

129. All tremble at the rod, all are fearful of death.
Drawing the parallel to yourself, neither kill nor get others to kill.

130. sabbe tasanti daį¹‡įøassa, sabbesaṃ jÄ«vitaṃ piyaṃ.
attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā, na haneyya na ghātaye.

130. All tremble at the rod, all hold their life dear.
Drawing the parallel to yourself, neither kill nor get others to kill.



At AN 2.168, avihiṃsā is juxtaposed with soceyya (purity/purification). At Sn 294, the word is juxtaposed with maddava (mildness), soracca (gentleness) and khanti (forbearance). The first two find echo in expressions such as that defining pharusaĀ·vāca veramaṇī (abstinence from harsh speech):


AN 10.176


yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanÄ«yā hadayaį¹…gamā porÄ« bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā, tathārÅ«piṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti.

He speaks words that are soothing to the ear, that are affectionate,
that go to the heart, that are polite, appealing & pleasing to
people at large.



Khanti (forbearance) is the word that is most often juxtaposed to avihiṃsā, a connection that is exemplified in many places, such as in the simile of the saw:


MN 21


ā€œubhatodaį¹‡įøakena cepi, bhikkhave, kakacena corā ocarakā aį¹…gamaį¹…gāni
okanteyyuṃ, tatrāpi yo mano padūseyya, na me so tena sāsanakaro. tatrāpi
vo, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: ā€˜na ceva no cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ
bhavissati, na ca pāpikaṃ vācaṃ nicchāressāma, hitānukampī ca
viharissāma mettacittā na dosantarā. tañca puggalaṃ mettāsahagatena
cetasā pharitvā viharissāma tadārammaṇaƱca sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ
mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena
abyābajjhena pharitvā viharissāmā’ti. evaƱhi vo, bhikkhave,
sikkhitabbaṃ.

“Monks, even if bandits were to carve you up savagely, limb by limb,
with a two-handled saw, he among you who let his heart get angered even
at that would not be doing my bidding. Even then you should train
yourselves: ‘Our minds will be unaffected and we will say no evil words.
We will remain sympathetic, with a mind of good will, and with no inner
hate. We will keep pervading these people with an awareness imbued with
good will and, beginning with them, we will keep pervading the entire
world with an awareness imbued with good will — abundant, expansive,
immeasurable, free from hostility, free from ill will.’ That’s how you
should train yourselves.

ā€œimaƱca tumhe, bhikkhave, kakacÅ«pamaṃ ovādaṃ abhikkhaṇaṃ manasi
kareyyātha. passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, taṃ vacanapathaṃ, aṇuṃ vā
thÅ«laṃ vā, yaṃ tumhe nādhivāseyyāthÄā€ti?

“Monks, if you attend constantly to this admonition on the simile of the
saw, do you see any aspects of speech, slight or gross, that you could
not endure?”

—
ā€œno hetaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“No, lord.”



Another striking example is given at SN 35.88:



—
ā€œsace pana puṇṇa, sunāparantakā manussā daį¹‡įøena pahāraṃ dassanti, tatra pana te, puṇṇa, kinti bhavissatÄ«ā€ti?

—
“But if they hit you with a stick…?”

—
ā€œsace me, bhante, sunāparantakā manussā daį¹‡įøena pahāraṃ dassanti, tatra
me evaṃ bhavissati: ā€˜bhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, subhaddakā
vatime sunāparantakā manussā, yaṃ me nayime satthena pahāraṃ dentī’ti.
evamettha, bhagavā, bhavissati; evamettha, sugata, bhavissatÄ«ā€ti.

—
“…I will think, ‘These Sunaparanta people are civilized, very civilized, in that they don’t hit me with a knife’…”

—
ā€œsace pana te, puṇṇa, sunāparantakā manussā satthena pahāraṃ dassanti, tatra pana te, puṇṇa, kinti bhavissatÄ«ā€ti?

—
“But if they hit you with a knife…?”

—
ā€œsace me, bhante, sunāparantakā manussā satthena pahāraṃ dassanti, tatra
me evaṃ bhavissati: ā€˜bhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, subhaddakā
vatime sunāparantakā manussā, yaṃ maṃ nayime tiṇhena satthena jÄ«vitā
voropentī’ti. evamettha, bhagavā, bhavissati; evamettha, sugata,
bhavissatÄ«ā€ti.

—
“…I will think, ‘These Sunaparanta people are civilized, very
civilized, in that they don’t take my life with a sharp knife’…”

—
ā€œsace pana taṃ, puṇṇa, sunāparantakā manussā tiṇhena satthena jÄ«vitā voropessanti, tatra pana te, puṇṇa, kinti bhavissatÄ«ā€ti?

—
“But if they take your life with a sharp knife…?”

—
ā€œsace maṃ, bhante, sunāparantakā manussā tiṇhena satthena jÄ«vitā
voropessanti, tatra me evaṃ bhavissati: ā€˜santi kho tassa bhagavato
sāvakā kāyena ca jīvitena ca aṭṭīyamānā harāyamānā jigucchamānā
satthahārakaṃ pariyesanti, taṃ me idaṃ apariyiṭṭhaññeva satthahārakaṃ
laddhan’ti. evamettha, bhagavā, bhavissati; evamettha, sugata,
bhavissatÄ«ā€ti.

—
“If they take my life with a sharp knife, I will think, ‘There are
disciples of the Blessed One who — horrified, humiliated, and disgusted
by the body and by life — have sought for an assassin, but here I have
met my assassin without searching for him.’ That is what I will think, O
Blessed One. That is what I will think, O One Well-gone.”

—
ā€œsādhu sādhu, puṇṇa! sakkhissasi kho tvaṃ, puṇṇa, iminā damÅ«pasamena
samannāgato sunāparantasmiṃ janapade vatthuṃ. yassa dāni tvaṃ, puṇṇa,
kālaṃ maƱƱasÄ«ā€ti.

—
“Good, Punna, very good. Possessing such calm and self-control you are
fit to dwell among the Sunaparantans. Now it is time to do as you see
fit.”



SN 47.19 also juxtaposes metta·cittatā (having a mind of good will) and anudayatā (sympathy) to avihiṃsā:


SN 47.19


kathañca, bhikkhave, paraṃ rakkhanto attānaṃ rakkhati? khantiyā, avihiṃsāya, mettacittatāya, anudayatāya. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, paraṃ rakkhanto attānaṃ rakkhati.

“And how do you watch after yourself when watching after others? Through endurance, through harmlessness, through a mind of goodwill, & through sympathy. This is how you watch after yourself when watching after others.



SN 14.12 explains how avihiṃsā originates and leads to wholesome action:


SN 14.12


ā€œavihiṃsādhātuṃ, bhikkhave, paį¹­icca uppajjati avihiṃsāsaƱƱā,
avihiṃsāsaƱƱaṃ paį¹­icca uppajjati avihiṃsāsaį¹…kappo, avihiṃsāsaį¹…kappaṃ
paṭicca uppajjati avihiṃsāchando, avihiṃsāchandaṃ paṭicca uppajjati
avihiṃsāpariḷāho, avihiṃsāpariḷāhaṃ paṭicca uppajjati
avihiṃsāpariyesanā; avihiṃsāpariyesanaṃ, bhikkhave, pariyesamāno sutavā
ariyasāvako tīhi ṭhānehi sammā paṭipajjati kāyena, vācāya, manasā.

On account of the harmlessness element there arises the perception of
harmlessness; on account of the perception of harmlessness there arises
an aspiration to harmlessness; on account of the aspiration to
harmlessness there arises a desire for harmlessness; on account of the
desire for harmlessness there arises a passion for harmlessness; on
account of the passion for harmlessness there arises a quest for
harmlessness. Engaged in the quest for harmlessness, an instructed noble
disciple acts rightly in three ways: by body, speech, and mind.



Practicing harmlessness is behaving like a bee in a flower:


Dhp 49


yathāpi bhamaro pupphaṃ, vaṇṇagandhamaheį¹­hayaṃ, paleti rasamādāya, evaṃ gāme munÄ« care.

As a bee gathers honey from the flower without injuring its color or
fragrance, even so the sage goes on his alms-round in the village.



Lacking avihiṃsā is extensively described as bringing unpleasant results:


Dhp 133


māvoca pharusaṃ kañci, vuttā paṭivadeyyu taṃ
dukkhā hi sārambhakathā, paį¹­idaį¹‡įøÄ phuseyyu taṃ.

Speak harshly to no one, or the words will be thrown right back at you.
Contentious talk is painful, for you get struck by rods in return.




Dhp 137-140


yo daį¹‡įøena adaį¹‡įøesu, appaduį¹­į¹­hesu dussati dasannamaƱƱataraṃ į¹­hānaṃ, khippameva nigacchati:
vedanaṃ pharusaṃ jāniṃ, sarīrassa ca bhedanaṃ.
garukaṃ vāpi ābādhaṃ, cittakkhepaƱca pāpuṇe.
rājato vā upasaggaṃ, abbhakkhānaƱca dāruṇaṃ.
parikkhayaƱca ƱātÄ«naṃ, bhogānaƱca pabhaį¹…guraṃ.
atha vāssa agārāni, aggi įøahati pāvako.
kāyassa bhedā duppañño, nirayaṃ sopapajjati.

Whoever, with a rod harasses an innocent man, unarmed, quickly falls
into any of ten things: harsh pains, devastation, a broken body, grave
illness,
mental derangement, trouble with the government,
violent slander, relatives lost, property dissolved,
houses burned down. At the break-up of the body
this one with no discernment,
reappears in
hell.




SN 3.15


ā€œvilumpateva puriso, yāvassa upakappati.
yadā caƱƱe vilumpanti, so vilutto viluppati.

A man may plunder as long as it serves his ends, but when others are plundered, he who has plundered gets plundered in turn.

ā€œį¹­hānaƱhi maƱƱati bālo, yāva pāpaṃ na paccati.
yadā ca paccati pāpaṃ, atha dukkhaṃ nigacchati.

A fool thinks, ‘Now’s my chance,’ as long as his evil has yet to ripen. But when it ripens, the fool falls into pain.

ā€œhantā labhati hantāraṃ, jetāraṃ labhate jayaṃ.
akkosako ca akkosaṃ, rosetārañca rosako.
atha kammavivaį¹­į¹­ena, so vilutto viluppatÄ«ā€ti.

Killing, you gain your killer. Conquering, you gain one who will conquer
you; insulting, insult; harassing, harassment. And so, through the
cycle of action, he who has plundered gets plundered in turn.



Abandoning non-harmlessness and taking up avihiṃsā prevents bad experiences from arising and causes pleasant ones to arise in the future:


Dhp 131-132


sukhakāmāni bhÅ«tāni, yo daį¹‡įøena vihiṃsati.
attano sukhamesāno, pecca so na labhate sukhaṃ.

Whoever takes a rod to harm living beings desiring ease, when he himself
is looking for ease, will meet with no ease after death.

sukhakāmāni bhÅ«tāni, yo daį¹‡įøena na hiṃsati.
attano sukhamesāno, pecca so labhate sukhaṃ.

Whoever doesn’t take a rod to harm living beings desiring ease, when he
himself is looking for ease, will meet with ease after death.




MN 135


ā€œidha, māṇava, ekacco itthÄ« vā puriso vā sattānaṃ viheį¹­hakajātiko hoti,
pāṇinā vā leįøįøunā vā daį¹‡įøena vā satthena vā. so tena kammena evaṃ
samattena evaṃ samādinnena kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ
vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. no ce kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ
duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, sace manussattaṃ āgacchati yattha
yattha paccājāyati bavhābādho hoti. bavhābādhasaṃvattanikā esā, māṇava,
paį¹­ipadā yadidaṃ sattānaṃ viheį¹­hakajātiko hoti pāṇinā vā leįøįøunā vā
daį¹‡įøena vā satthena vā.

Furthermore, there is the case where a certain woman or man has a
tendency to injure living beings with the hand, with a clod, with a
stick, or with a knife. From adopting & carrying out such actions,
then on the break-up of the body, after death, this person re-appears in
the plane of deprivation, the bad destination, the lower realms, in
hell. Or, if he/she does not reappear in the plane of deprivation, the
bad destination, the lower realms, in hell, but instead returns to the
human state, then he/she is sickly wherever reborn. This is the way
leading to being sickly, namely being one who has a tendency to injure
living beings with the hand, with a clod, with a stick, or with a knife.

ā€œidha pana, māṇava, ekacco itthÄ« vā puriso vā sattānaṃ aviheį¹­hakajātiko
hoti pāṇinā vā leįøįøunā vā daį¹‡įøena vā satthena vā. so tena kammena evaṃ
samattena evaṃ samādinnena kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ
lokaṃ upapajjati. no ce kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ
upapajjati, sace manussattaṃ āgacchati yattha yattha paccājāyati
appābādho hoti. appābādhasaṃvattanikā esā, māṇava, paį¹­ipadā yadidaṃ
sattānaṃ aviheį¹­hakajātiko hoti pāṇinā vā leįøįøunā vā daį¹‡įøena vā satthena
vā.

But there is the case where a certain woman or man does not have a
tendency to injure living beings with the hand, with a clod, with a
stick, or with a knife. Through having adopted & carried out such
actions, on the break-up of the body, after death, he/she reappears in a
good destination, in the heavenly world. Or, if he/she does not
reappear in the good destinations, in the heavenly world, but instead
returns to the human state, then he/she is healthy wherever reborn. This
is the way leading to being healthy, namely being one who, abandoning
the taking of life, abstains from taking life does not have a tendency
to injure living beings with the hand, with a clod, with a stick, or
with a knife.




Dhp 300


suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti, sadā gotamasāvakā.
yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca, ahiṃsāya rato mano.

Those disciples of Gotama ever awaken happily whose minds by day and night delight in the practice of non-violence.



Dharmacāri Nāgapriya writes: “The early Buddhist
vocabulary includes an important class of words that, while denoting
highly positive qualities, take a grammatically negative form. Avihiṃsa
is a leading example of this. To translate the term as ā€˜non-violence’
doesn’t reflect the positive nuance of the quality to which it refers.
Notwithstanding, it is worth looking at the quality in question from
both a negative and a positive point of view in order to bring its
nature more clearly to light. First of all – and in negative terms –
avihiṃsa can be understood as an application of the general principle of
renunciation: the saint renounces all violence whether physical,
verbal, or emotional: Whoever in this world harms a living creature,
whether once-born or twice- born, whoever has no compassion for a living
creature, him one should know to be an outcaste. (Sn.117) He gives up
coercion of any kind and thus abandons the ā€˜power mode’, the style of
relating to others purely as objects and means of his own gratification,
adopting instead the ā€˜love mode’, the appreciation of others as
individual, feelingful subjects meriting sensitive consideration and
respect. This entails abandoning a host of negative mental states such
as kodha or fury (Sn.1), kopa or ill-temper and grudge (Sn.6), upanāha
or rancour/enmity (Sn.116), paccuṭṭapannā or hostility (Sn.245), usuyyā
or envy (Sn.245), atipāti or violent destructiveness (Sn.248), paṭigha
(Sn.148) or malicious rage, and dosa or hatred (Sn.328). One of the
distinguishing features of the Sutta-Nipāta is the plethora of different
nasty mental states that it identifies. This laid some of the
foundations for the later work of the Abhidhamma. Again the terms used
are fluid and non-technical. By considering the terms as a whole we can
get a feeling for the flavour of what the saint is enjoined to abandon.
At the same time, it is important to appreciate the positive counterpart
of this renunciation of violent negativity. This is expressed most
sublimely in the Mettā Sutta: Just as a mother would protect with her
own life her own son, her only son, so one should cultivate an unbounded
mind towards all beings, and loving-kindness towards all the world. One
should cultivate an unbounded mind, above and below and across, without
obstruction, without enmity, without rivalry. (Sn.149-50)”



Bodhi leaf


avijjā: [a+vijjā]

nescience, ignorance.

Avijjā is defined at SN 12.2 as consisting of ignorance regarding the four noble truths:



ā€œkatamā ca, bhikkhave, avijjā? yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe aññāṇaṃ,
dukkhasamudaye aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā
paį¹­ipadāya aññāṇaṃ. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, avijjā.

And what is ignorance? Not knowing suffering, not knowing the
origination of suffering, not knowing the cessation of suffering, not
knowing the way of practice leading to the cessation of suffering: This
is called ignorance.



Other definitions relating to the five khandhas can be found in the Khandha Saṃyutta.


SN 22.113


—
ā€œā€˜avijjā avijjā’ti, bhante, vuccati. katamā nu kho, bhante, avijjā, kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti?

—
‘Ignorance, ignorance’, it is said, Bhante. What, Bhante, is ignorance, and to what extent is one immersed in ignorance?

—
ā€œidha, bhikkhu, assutavā puthujjano rÅ«paṃ nappajānāti, rÅ«pasamudayaṃ
nappajānāti, rūpanirodhaṃ nappajānāti, rūpanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ
nappajānāti;

—
Here, bhikkhu, an uninstructed ordinary person does not understand
Form, does not understand the origin of Form, does not understand the
cessation of Form, does not understand the way leading to the cessation
of Form.

vedanaṃ nappajānāti, vedanāsamudayaṃ nappajānāti, vedanānirodhaṃ nappajānāti, vedanānirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānāti;

He does not understand
Feeling, does not understand the origin of Feeling, does not understand
the cessation of Feeling, does not understand the way leading to the
cessation of Feeling.

saññaṃ nappajānāti, saññāsamudayaṃ nappajānāti, saññānirodhaṃ nappajānāti, saññānirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānāti;

He does not understand
Perception, does not understand the origin of Perception, does not
understand the cessation of Perception, does not understand the way
leading to the cessation of Perception.

saį¹…khāre nappajānāti, saį¹…khārasamudayaṃ nappajānāti, saį¹…khāranirodhaṃ
nappajānāti, saį¹…khāranirodhagāminiṃ paį¹­ipadaṃ nappajānāti;

He does not understand
Constructions, does not understand the origin of Constructions, does not
understand the cessation of Constructions, does not understand the way
leading to the cessation of Constructions.

viññāṇaṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇasamudayaṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇanirodhaṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇanirodhagāminiṃ paį¹­ipadaṃ nappajānāti;

He does not understand
Consciousness, does not understand the origin of Consciousness, does not
understand the cessation of Consciousness, does not understand the way
leading to the cessation of Consciousness.

ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu, avijjā. ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti.

This, bhikkhu, is called ignorance, and it is to this extent that one is immersed in ignorance.



SN 22.126


—
ā€œā€˜avijjā avijjā’ti, bhante, vuccati. katamā nu kho, bhante, avijjā, kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti?

—
‘Ignorance, ignorance’, it is said, Bhante. What, Bhante, is ignorance, and to what extent is one immersed in ignorance?

—
ā€œidha, bhikkhu, assutavā puthujjano samudayadhammaṃ rÅ«paṃ
ā€˜samudayadhammaṃ rÅ«pan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti; vayadhammaṃ rÅ«paṃ
ā€˜vayadhammaṃ rÅ«pan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti; samudayavayadhammaṃ rÅ«paṃ
ā€˜samudayavayadhammaṃ rÅ«pan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti.

—
Here, bhikkhu, an uninstructed ordinary person does not understand Form by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Form is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Form by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Form is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Form by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Form is by nature subject to arising & passing away’.

samudayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ ā€˜samudayadhammā vedanā’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; vayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ ā€˜vayadhammā vedanā’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; samudayavayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ ā€˜samudayavayadhammā vedanā’ti
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti.

He does not understand Feeling by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Feeling is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Feeling by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Feeling is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Feeling by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Feeling is by nature subject to arising & passing away’.

samudayadhammaṃ saƱƱaṃ ā€˜samudayadhammaṃ saƱƱan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; vayadhammaṃ saƱƱaṃ ā€˜vayadhammaṃ saƱƱan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; samudayavayadhammaṃ saƱƱaṃ ā€˜samudayavayadhammaṃ saƱƱan’ti
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti.

He does not understand Perception by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Perception is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Perception by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Perception is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Perception by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Perception is by nature subject to arising & passing away’.

samudayadhamme saį¹…khāre ā€˜samudayadhammā saį¹…khārā’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; vayadhamme saį¹…khāre ā€˜vayadhammā saį¹…khārā’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; samudayavayadhamme saį¹…khāre ā€˜samudayavayadhammā saį¹…khārā’ti
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti.

He does not understand Constructions by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Constructions is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Constructions by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Constructions is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Constructions by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Constructions is by nature subject to arising & passing away’.

samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ ā€˜samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; vayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ ā€˜vayadhammaṃ viññāṇan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; samudayavayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ ā€˜samudayavayadhammaṃ
viññāṇan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu, avijjā;
ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti.

He does not understand Consciousness by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Consciousness is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Consciousness by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Consciousness is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Consciousness by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Consciousness is by nature subject to arising & passing away’.

ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu, avijjā. ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti.

This, bhikkhu, is called ignorance, and it is to this extent that one is immersed in ignorance.



SN 22.129


—
ā€œā€˜avijjā avijjā’ti, bhante, vuccati. katamā nu kho, bhante, avijjā, kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti?

—
‘Ignorance, ignorance’, it said, Bhante. What, Bhante, is ignorance, and to what extent is one immersed in ignorance?

—
ā€œidhāvuso assutavā puthujjano rÅ«passa assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca
yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti, vedanāya assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca
yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti, saƱƱāya assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca
yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti, saį¹…khārānaṃ assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca
yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇassa assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti.

—
Here, friend, an uninstructed ordinary person does not understand as it
really is the gratification, the danger, and the escape in regard to
Form, he does not understand as it really is the gratification, the
danger, and the escape in regard to Feeling, he does not understand as
it really is the gratification, the danger, and the escape in regard to
Perception, he does not understand as it really is the gratification,
the danger, and the escape in regard to Fabrications, he does not
understand as it really is the gratification, the danger, and the escape
in regard to Consciousness.

—
ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, avijjā; ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti.

This, friend, is called ignorance, and it is to this extent that one is immersed in ignorance.



At SN 22.84, avijjā is likened to a ‘dense thicket’ (tibbo vanasaį¹‡įøo) along the path to nibbāna. At MN 19, it is likened to a ‘decoy’ (okacara) set up by a hunter (Māra) in order to lure a herd of deers on a false path that will bring them calamity and disaster. At MN 105, avijjā is likened to a poison (visadosa) smeared on an arrow (salla) which has wounded someone. The arrow represents taṇhā, while the poison is spread out by chandaĀ·rāgaĀ·byāpāda.

Avijjā is one of the three āsavas, along with kāma and bhava.

Avijjā is one of the four oghas (floods), as well as one of the four yogas (bonds), and is juxtaposed in both sets with kāma, bhava and diṭṭhi.


AN 4.10


Avijjāyogo ca kathaṃ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco channaṃ
phassāyatanānaṃ samudayaƱca atthaį¹…gamaƱca assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca
nissaraṇaƱca yathā·bhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti. Tassa channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ
samudayaƱca atthaį¹…gamaƱca assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca yathā·bhÅ«taṃ
appajānato yā chasu phassāyatanesu avijjā aññāṇaṃ sānuseti. Ayaṃ
vuccati, bhikkhave, avijjāyogo.

“And how is there the yoke of ignorance? There is the case where a
certain person does not discern, as it actually is present, the
origination, the passing away, the allure, the drawbacks, & the
escape from the six sense media. When he does not discern, as it
actually is present, the origination, the passing away, the allure, the
drawbacks, & the escape from the six sense media, then — with regard
to ignorance concerning the six sense media — he is obsessed with
not-knowing. This is the yoke of ignorance.



Avijjā is one of the uddhambhāgiyā saṃyojanā (higher fetters), along with rūpa·rāga, arūpa·rāga, māna, and uddhacca.

Avijjā is also the last of the seven anusayas, along with kāma·rāga, paṭigha, diṭṭhi, vicikiccha, māna and bhava·rāga. As an anusaya, avijjā is related to adukkham·asukhā vedanā:


MN 148


adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno tassā vedanāya samudayañca
atthaį¹…gamaƱca assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti.
tassa avijjānusayo anuseti.

If, when touched by a feeling of neither pleasure nor pain, one does not
discern, as it actually is present, the origination, passing away,
allure, drawback, or escape from that feeling, then one’s
ignorance-obsession gets obsessed.




MN 44


ā€œadukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetÄ«ā€ti…

Ignorance-obsession gets obsessed with neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling…

ā€œsabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetÄ«ā€ti?…

Does ignorance-obsession get obsessed with all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling?…

ā€œna sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetÄ«ā€ti…

No, ignorance-obsession does not get obsessed with all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling…

ā€œadukkhamasukhāya vedanāya kiṃ pahātabbanā€ti?…

What is to be abandoned with regard to neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling?…

ā€œadukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabboā€ti…

Ignorance-obsession is to be abandoned with regard to neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling…

ā€œsabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabboā€ti?…

Is ignorance-obsession to be abandoned with regard to all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling?…

na sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabbo…

No, ignorance-obsession is not to be abandoned with regard to all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling…

idhāvuso visākha, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā, dukkhassa ca pahānā,
pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaį¹…gamā, adukkhamasukhaṃ
upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. avijjaṃ
tena pajahati, na tattha avijjānusayo anusetÄ«ā€ti.

There is the case where a monk, with the abandoning of pleasure &
pain — as with the earlier disappearance of elation & distress —
enters & remains in the fourth jhana: purity of equanimity &
mindfulness, neither pleasure nor pain. With that he abandons ignorance.
No ignorance-obsession gets obsessed there.



Avijjā is also related to ‘that which is felt born of contact with ignorance’ (avijjā·samphassaĀ·ja vedayita):


SN 22.47


atthi, bhikkhave, mano, atthi dhammā, atthi avijjādhātu.
avijjāsamphassajena, bhikkhave, vedayitena phuṭṭhassa assutavato
puthujjanassa ā€˜asmī’tipissa hoti; ā€˜ayamahamasmī’tipissa hoti;
ā€˜bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜na bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜rÅ«pÄ«
bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜arÅ«pÄ« bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜saƱƱī
bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜asaƱƱī bhavissan’tipissa hoti;
ā€˜nevasaƱƱīnāsaƱƱī bhavissan’tipissa hotiā€.

Now, there is the intellect, there are ideas (mental qualities), there
is the property of ignorance. To an uninstructed run-of-the-mill person,
touched by experience born of the contact of ignorance, there occur
(the thoughts): ‘I am,’ ‘I am thus,’ ‘I shall be,’ ‘I shall not be,’ ‘I
shall be possessed of form,’ ‘I shall be formless,’ ‘I shall be
percipient (conscious),’ ‘I shall be non-percipient,’ or ‘I shall be
neither percipient nor non-percipient.’

ā€œtiį¹­į¹­hanteva kho, bhikkhave, tattheva paƱcindriyāni. athettha sutavato
ariyasāvakassa avijjā pahīyati, vijjā uppajjati. tassa avijjāvirāgā
vijjuppādā ā€˜asmī’tipissa na hoti; ā€˜ayamahamasmī’tipissa na hoti;
ā€˜bhavissan’tipissa na hoti; ā€˜na bhavissan’tipissa na hoti; ā€˜rÅ«pÄ«
bhavissan’tipissa na hoti; ā€˜arÅ«pÄ« bhavissan’tipissa na hoti; ā€˜saƱƱī
bhavissan’tipissa na hoti; ā€˜asaƱƱī bhavissan’tipissa na hoti;
ā€˜nevasaƱƱīnāsaƱƱībhavissan’tipissa na hotÄ«ā€ti.

The five faculties, monks, continue as they were. And with regard to
them the well-instructed disciple of the noble ones abandons ignorance
and gives rise to clear knowing. Owing to the fading of ignorance and
the arising of clear knowing, (the thoughts) — ‘I am,’ ‘I am this,’ ‘I
shall be,’ ‘I shall not be,’ ‘I shall be possessed of form,’ ‘I shall be
formless,’ ‘I shall be percipient (conscious),’ ‘I shall be
non-percipient,’ and ‘I shall be neither percipient nor non-percipient’ —
do not occur to him.




SN 22.81


avijjāsamphassajena, bhikkhave, vedayitena phuį¹­į¹­hassa assutavato puthujjanassa uppannā taṇhā

To an uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person, touched by that which is felt born of contact with ignorance, craving arises.



At AN 3.67, avijjā is explained as having moha for synonym, although it is arguable that, given the position of avijjā among the anusayas, it would refer to a deeper type of mental factor related to ignorance, that may not be active all the time, of which moha would be the active expression through delusion.

Avijjā is also the root cause in paį¹­iccaĀ·samuppāda, giving rise to saį¹…khāras. As mentioned above, the term is defined in this context at SN 12.2 as not knowing the four ariyaĀ·saccas. The role that avijjā plays in regard to other akusala dhammas is also referred to outside of the context of paį¹­iccaĀ·samuppāda:


SN 20.1


ā€œseyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kūṭāgārassa yā kāci gopānasiyo sabbā tā
kūṭaį¹…gamā kūṭasamosaraṇā kūṭasamugghātā sabbā tā samugghātaṃ gacchanti;
evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye keci akusalā dhammā sabbe te avijjāmūlakā
avijjāsamosaraṇā avijjāsamugghātā, sabbe te samugghātaṃ gacchanti.

Just as the rafters in a peak-roofed house all go to the roof-peak,
incline to the roof-peak, converge at the roof-peak, and all are removed
when the
roof-peak is removed; in the same way, all unwholesome qualities are
rooted in
ignorance and converge upon ignorance, and all are removed when
ignorance is removed.




SN 45.1


ā€œavijjā, bhikkhave, pubbaį¹…gamā akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā,
anvadeva ahirikaṃ anottappaṃ. avijjāgatassa, bhikkhave, aviddasuno
micchādiį¹­į¹­hi pahoti; micchādiį¹­į¹­hissa micchāsaį¹…kappo pahoti;
micchāsaį¹…kappassa micchāvācā pahoti; micchāvācassa micchākammanto
pahoti; micchākammantassa micchāājīvo pahoti; micchāājīvassa
micchāvāyāmo pahoti; micchāvāyāmassa micchāsati pahoti; micchāsatissa
micchāsamādhi pahoti.

Monks, ignorance is the leader in the attainment of unskillful
qualities, followed by lack of conscience & lack of concern. In an
unknowledgeable person, immersed in ignorance, wrong view arises. In one
of wrong view, wrong resolve arises. In one of wrong resolve, wrong
speech arises. In one of wrong speech, wrong action arises. In one of
wrong action, wrong livelihood arises. In one of wrong livelihood, wrong
effort arises. In one of wrong effort, wrong mindfulness arises. In one
of wrong mindfulness, wrong concentration arises.



Avijjā gives rise to āsavas:


AN 6.63


ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, āsavānaṃ nidānasambhavo? avijjā, bhikkhave, āsavānaṃ nidānasambhavo…

And what is the cause by which fermentations come into play? Ignorance is the cause by which fermentations come into play…

ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, āsavanirodho? avijjānirodho, bhikkhave, āsavanirodho.

And what is the cessation of fermentations? From the cessation of ignorance is the cessation of fermentations



As we will see below, the relationship between avijjā and āsavas is reciprocal. Avijjā is also specificly said to give rise to craving:


AN 4.50


avijjānivutā posā, piyarūpābhinandino.

Men hindered by ignorance
seek delight in pleasant things




AN 10.62


ā€œbhavataṇhāmpāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. ko cāhāro bhavataṇhāya? ā€˜avijjā’tissa vacanÄ«yaṃ.

I say, bhikkhus, that craving for existence has a nutriment; it is not
without nutriment. And what is the nutriment for craving for existence?
It should be said: ignorance.



Avijjā appears due to specific factors. The five nÄ«varaṇas:


AN 10.61


ā€œpurimā, bhikkhave, koį¹­i na paƱƱāyati avijjāya: ā€˜ito pubbe avijjā
nāhosi, atha pacchā samabhavī’ti. evaƱcetaṃ, bhikkhave, vuccati, atha ca
pana paƱƱāyati: ā€˜idappaccayā avijjā’ti. avijjampāhaṃ, bhikkhave,
sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. ko cāhāro avijjāya? ā€˜paƱca nÄ«varaṇā’tissa
vacanīyaṃ.

Bhikkhus, this is said: ā€˜A first point of ignorance, bhikkhus, is not
seen such that before this there was no ignorance and afterward it came
into being.’ Still, ignorance is seen to have a specific condition. I
say, bhikkhus, that ignorance has a nutriment; it is not without
nutriment. And what is the nutriment for ignorance? It should be said:
the five hindrances.



Ayoniso manasikāra:


MN 2


ā€œkatame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā na manasikaraṇīyā ye dhamme manasi karoti?
yassa, bhikkhave, dhamme manasikaroto anuppanno vā kāmāsavo uppajjati,
uppanno vā kāmāsavo pavaįøįøhati; anuppanno vā bhavāsavo uppajjati,
uppanno vā bhavāsavo pavaįøįøhati; anuppanno vā avijjāsavo uppajjati,
uppanno vā avijjāsavo pavaįøįøhati. ime dhammā na manasikaraṇīyā ye dhamme
manasi karoti…

And what are the ideas unfit for attention that he attends to? Whatever
ideas such that, when he attends to them, the unarisen fermentation of
sensuality arises in him, and the arisen fermentation of sensuality
increases; the unarisen fermentation of becoming arises in him, and
arisen fermentation of becoming increases; the unarisen fermentation of
ignorance arises in him, and the arisen fermentation of ignorance
increases. These are the ideas unfit for attention that he attends to…

ā€œso evaṃ ayoniso manasi karoti: ā€˜ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atÄ«tamaddhānaṃ? na
nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? kathaṃ
nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ hutvā kiṃ ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ
atītamaddhānaṃ? bhavissāmi nu kho ahaṃ anāgatamaddhānaṃ? na nu kho
bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ?
kathaṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ hutvā kiṃ bhavissāmi nu
kho ahaṃ anāgatamaddhānan’ti? etarahi vā paccuppannamaddhānaṃ ajjhattaṃ
kathaṃkathÄ« hoti: ā€˜ahaṃ nu khosmi? no nu khosmi? kiṃ nu khosmi? kathaṃ
nu khosmi? ayaṃ nu kho satto kuto āgato? so kuhiṃ gāmÄ« bhavissatī’ti?

“This is how he attends inappropriately: ‘Was I in the past? Was I not
in the past? What was I in the past? How was I in the past? Having been
what, what was I in the past? Shall I be in the future? Shall I not be
in the future? What shall I be in the future? How shall I be in the
future? Having been what, what shall I be in the future?’ Or else he is
inwardly perplexed about the immediate present: ‘Am I? Am I not? What am
I? How am I? Where has this being come from? Where is it bound?’

ā€œtassa evaṃ ayoniso manasikaroto channaṃ diį¹­į¹­hÄ«naṃ aƱƱatarā diį¹­į¹­hi
uppajjati. ā€˜atthi me attā’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati;
ā€˜natthi me attā’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati; ā€˜attanāva
attānaṃ saƱjānāmī’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati; ā€˜attanāva
anattānaṃ saƱjānāmī’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati;
ā€˜anattanāva attānaṃ saƱjānāmī’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi
uppajjati; atha vā panassa evaṃ diį¹­į¹­hi hoti: ā€˜yo me ayaṃ attā vado
vedeyyo tatra tatra kalyāṇapāpakānaṃ kammānaṃ vipākaṃ paį¹­isaṃvedeti so
kho pana me ayaṃ attā nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ
tatheva į¹­hassatī’ti. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, diį¹­į¹­higataṃ diį¹­į¹­higahanaṃ
diṭṭhikantāraṃ diṭṭhivisūkaṃ diṭṭhivipphanditaṃ diṭṭhisaṃyojanaṃ.
diṭṭhisaṃyojanasaṃyutto, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano na parimuccati
jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi;
ā€˜na parimuccati dukkhasmā’ti vadāmi.

“As he attends inappropriately in this way, one of six kinds of view
arises in him: The view I have a self arises in him as true &
established, or the view I have no self… or the view It is precisely
by means of self that I perceive self… or the view It is precisely by
means of self that I perceive not-self… or the view It is precisely by
means of not-self that I perceive self arises in him as true &
established, or else he has a view like this: This very self of mine —
the knower that is sensitive here & there to the ripening of good
& bad actions — is the self of mine that is constant, everlasting,
eternal, not subject to change, and will stay just as it is for
eternity. This is called a thicket of views, a wilderness of views, a
contortion of views, a writhing of views, a fetter of views. Bound by a
fetter of views, the uninstructed run-of-the-mill person is not freed
from birth, aging, & death, from sorrow, lamentation, pain,
distress, & despair. He is not freed, I tell you, from suffering
& stress.



Āsavas:


MN 9


āsavasamudayā avijjāsamudayo, āsavanirodhā avijjānirodho

With the arising of the taints there is the arising of
ignorance. With the cessation of the taints there is the cessation of
ignorance.



A number of factors leading to the cessation of avijjā are also mentioned in the suttas. Kāyagatāsati:


AN 1.586


ā€œekadhamme, bhikkhave, bhāvite bahulÄ«kate avijjā pahÄ«yati. katamasmiṃ ekadhamme? kāyagatāya satiyā.

When one thing, bhikkhus, is developed and cultivated, ignorance is abandoned. Which thing? Mindfulness directed to the body.



Anicca·saññā:


SN 22.102


ā€œaniccasaƱƱā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulÄ«katā sabbaṃ kāmarāgaṃ
pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ rūparāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ bhavarāgaṃ
pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ avijjaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ asmimānaṃ samÅ«hanatiā€.

Bhikkhus, when the perception of impermanence is developed and
cultivated, it eliminates all sensual lust, it eliminates all lust for
existence, it eliminates all ignorance, it uproots all conceit ā€˜I am.’

ā€œkathaṃ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, aniccasaƱƱā kathaṃ bahulÄ«katā sabbaṃ
kāmarāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ rūparāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ bhavarāgaṃ
pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ avijjaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ asmimānaṃ samūhanati?
ā€˜iti rÅ«paṃ, iti rÅ«passa samudayo, iti rÅ«passa atthaį¹…gamo; iti vedanā,
iti vedanāya samudayo, iti vedanāya atthaį¹…gamo; iti saƱƱā, iti saƱƱāya
samudayo, iti saƱƱāya atthaį¹…gamo; iti saį¹…khārā, iti saį¹…khārānaṃ
samudayo, iti saį¹…khārānaṃ atthaį¹…gamo; iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa
samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaį¹…gamo’ti. evaṃ bhāvitā kho, bhikkhave,
aniccasaññā evaṃ bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ
rūparāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ bhavarāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ avijjaṃ
pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ asmimānaṃ samÅ«hanatÄ«ā€ti.

And how, bhikkhus, is the perception of impermanence developed and
cultivated so that it eliminates all sensual lust, eliminates all lust
for existence, eliminates all ignorance, and uproots all conceit ā€˜I am’?
ā€˜Such is form, such its origin, such its passing away; such is feeling,
such its origin, such its passing away; such is perception, such its
origin, such its passing away; such are volitional formations, such
their origin, such their passing away; such is consciousness, such its
origin, such its passing away’: that is how the perception of
impermanence is developed and cultivated so that it eliminates all
sensual lust, eliminates all lust for existence, eliminates all
ignorance, and uproots all conceit ā€˜I am.’




SN 35.79


—
ā€œkatamo pana, bhante, eko dhammo yassa pahānā bhikkhuno avijjā pahÄ«yati, vijjā uppajjatÄ«ā€ti?

—
ā€œAnd what is that one thing, venerable sir, through the abandoning of
which ignorance is abandoned by a bhikkhu and true knowledge
arises?ā€

—
ā€œavijjā kho, bhikkhu, eko dhammo yassa pahānā bhikkhuno avijjā pahÄ«yati, vijjā uppajjatÄ«ā€ti.

—
ā€œIgnorance, bhikkhu, is that one thing through the abandoning of
which ignorance is abandoned by a bhikkhu and true knowledgearises.ā€

—
ā€œkathaṃ pana, bhante, jānato, kathaṃ passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahÄ«yati, vijjā uppajjatÄ«ā€ti?

—
ā€œBut, venerable sir, how should one know, how should one
see, for ignorance to be abandoned by him and true knowledge to
arise?ā€

—
ā€œcakkhuṃ kho, bhikkhu, aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahÄ«yati, vijjā
uppajjati. rūpe aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahīyati, vijjā
uppajjati. cakkhuviññāṇaṃ… cakkhusamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā
adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahīyati, vijjā
uppajjati.
sotaṃ… sadde… sotaviññāṇaṃ… sotasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
sotasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
ghānaṃ… gandhe… ghānaviññāṇaṃ… ghānasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
ghānasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
jivhaṃ… rase… jivhaviññāṇaṃ… jivhasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
jivhasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
kāyaṃ… phoį¹­į¹­habbe… kāyaviññāṇaṃ… kāyasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
kāyasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
manaṃ… dhamme… manoviññāṇaṃ… manosamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati… vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā
adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahīyati, vijjā
uppajjati. evaṃ kho, bhikkhu, jānato evaṃ passato avijjā pahīyati, vijjā
uppajjatÄ«ā€ti.

—
ā€œBhikkhu, when one knows and sees the eye as impermanent, ignorance is
abandoned and true knowledge arises. When one knows and sees forms as
impermanent … When one knows and sees eye-consciousness…
eye-contact… whatever feeling arises with eye-contact as
condition—whether pleasant or painful or neither-painful-norpleasant…
the ear… sounds… ear-consciousness… ear-contact… whatever
feeling arises with ear-contact…
the nose… smells… nose-consciousness… nose-contact… whatever
feeling arises with nose-contact…
the tongue… tastes… tongue-consciousness… tongue-contact…
whatever feeling arises with tongue-contact… the body… touches…
body-consciousness… body-contact… whatever feeling arises with
body-contact…
the mind… mental objects… mind-consciousness… mind-contact… When
one knows and sees as impermanent whatever feeling arises with
mind-contact as condition—whether pleasant or painful or
neither-painful-norpleasant—ignorance is abandoned and true knowledge
arises. When one knows and sees thus, bhikkhu, ignorance is abandoned
and true knowledge arises.ā€




SN 35.80


ā€œkathaṃ pana, bhante, jānato, kathaṃ passato avijjā pahÄ«yati, vijjā uppajjatÄ«ā€ti?

ā€œBut, venerable sir, how should one know, how should one
see, for ignorance to be abandoned by him and true knowledge to
arise?ā€

ā€œidha, bhikkhu, bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti: ā€˜sabbe dhammā nālaṃ
abhinivesāyā’ti. evaƱcetaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti: ā€˜sabbe dhammā
nālaṃ abhinivesāyā’ti, so sabbaṃ dhammaṃ abhijānāti, sabbaṃ dhammaṃ
abhiññāya sabbaṃ dhammaṃ parijānāti, sabbaṃ dhammaṃ pariññāya
sabbanimittāni aƱƱato passati, cakkhuṃ aƱƱato passati, rÅ«pe…
cakkhuviññāṇaṃ… cakkhusamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi aññato
passati…
sotaṃ… sadde… sotaviññāṇaṃ… sotasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
sotasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
ghānaṃ… gandhe… ghānaviññāṇaṃ… ghānasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
ghānasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
jivhaṃ… rase… jivhaviññāṇaṃ… jivhasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
jivhasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
kāyaṃ… phoį¹­į¹­habbe… kāyaviññāṇaṃ… kāyasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
kāyasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
manaṃ aƱƱato passati, dhamme… manoviññāṇaṃ… manosamphassaṃ…
yampidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā
adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi aññato passati. evaṃ kho, bhikkhu, jānato evaṃ
passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahÄ«yati, vijjā uppajjatÄ«ā€ti.

ā€œHere, bhikkhu, a bhikkhu has heard, ā€˜Nothing is worth adhering
to.’ When a bhikkhu has heard, ā€˜Nothing is worth adhering to,’ he
directly knows everything. Having directly known everything, he
fully understands everything. Having fully understood everything, he
sees all signs differently. He sees the eye differently, he sees forms
differently… eye-consciousness… eye-contact… whatever feeling
arises with eye-contact…
the nose… smells… nose-consciousness… nose-contact… whatever
feeling arises with nose-contact…
the tongue… tastes… tongue-consciousness… tongue-contact…
whatever feeling arises with tongue-contact… the body… touches…
body-consciousness… body-contact… whatever feeling arises with
body-contact…
the mind… mental objects… mind-consciousness… mind-contact…
whatever feeling arises with mind-contact as condition
… that too he sees differently. When one knows and sees thus, bhikkhu,
ignorance is abandoned and true knowledge arises.ā€



Samādhi:


AN 6.24


ā€œchahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu himavantaṃ pabbatarājaṃ
padāleyya, ko pana vādo chavāya avijjāya! katamehi chahi?

ā€œBhikkhus, possessing six qualities, a bhikkhu could break the
Himalayas, the king of mountains, how much more then [that] low
ignorance! What six?

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu samādhissa samāpattikusalo hoti,

Here, a bhikkhu is skilled in attaining of concentration;

samādhissa ṭhitikusalo hoti,

skilled in maintaining
concentration;

samādhissa vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti,

skilled in emerging from concentration;

samādhissa kallitakusalo hoti,

skilled in fitness for concentration;

samādhissa gocarakusalo hoti,

skilled in the area of
concentration;

samādhissa abhinīhārakusalo hoti.

skilled in resolution regarding
concentration.



PaƱƱā:


AN 2.32


vipassanā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā kamatthamanubhoti? paƱƱā bhāvīyati. paƱƱā bhāvitā kamatthamanubhoti? yā avijjā sā pahīyati.

When insight is developed, what purpose does it serve? Discernment is
developed. And when discernment is developed, what purpose does it
serve? Ignorance is abandoned.



AbhiƱƱā:


SN 45.159


katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā pahātabbā? avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca

What, monks, are the states to be abandoned with higher knowledge? They are ignorance and the desire for [further] becoming.



Cultivating appamāda and being ātāpī:


MN 4


ayaṃ kho me, brāhmaṇa, rattiyā paį¹­hame yāme paį¹­hamā vijjā adhigatā,
avijjā vihatā vijjā uppannā, tamo vihato āloko uppanno, yathā taṃ
appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato.

This was the first knowledge I attained in the first watch of the night.
Ignorance was destroyed; knowledge arose; darkness was destroyed; light
arose — as happens in one who is heedful, ardent, & resolute.





Bodhi leaf


āvuso: friend - usually in conversation between
bhikkhus, a form of polite address ‘friend, brother Sir’, although quite
informal since it is used by the disciple as well as the master in
return.



Bodhi leaf


āyasmā: venerable - lit: old. Used as a respectful appellation of a bhikkhu of some standing.



Bodhi leaf


āyatana: sphere, stretch, extent, reach, sphere of perception. The word appears mainly in two contexts:

1) as refering both to the six physical sense organs, i.e. cakkhu, sota, ghāna, jivhā, kāya, mana, as well as to their respective objects, i.e. rūpa visible objects, sadda sounds, gandha smells, rasa tastes, phoṭṭhabba tangible bodily phenomena, dhamma mental phenomena.

2) to designate each of the four formless jhānas.



Bodhi leaf


ayoniso manasikāra:

inappropiate attention, unwise reflection.

The most substantial characterization of ayoniso manasikāra is provided in the Sabbāsavā Sutta:


MN 2


ā€œso evaṃ ayoniso manasi karoti: ā€˜ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atÄ«tamaddhānaṃ? na
nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? kathaṃ
nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ hutvā kiṃ ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ
atītamaddhānaṃ? bhavissāmi nu kho ahaṃ anāgatamaddhānaṃ? na nu kho
bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ?
kathaṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ hutvā kiṃ bhavissāmi nu
kho ahaṃ anāgatamaddhānan’ti? etarahi vā paccuppannamaddhānaṃ ajjhattaṃ
kathaṃkathÄ« hoti: ā€˜ahaṃ nu khosmi? no nu khosmi? kiṃ nu khosmi? kathaṃ
nu khosmi? ayaṃ nu kho satto kuto āgato? so kuhiṃ gāmÄ« bhavissatī’ti?

This is how he attends inappropriately: ‘Was I in the past? Was I not in
the past? What was I in the past? How was I in the past? Having been
what, what was I in the past? Shall I be in the future? Shall I not be
in the future? What shall I be in the future? How shall I be in the
future? Having been what, what shall I be in the future?’ Or else he is
inwardly perplexed about the immediate present: ‘Am I? Am I not? What am
I? How am I? Where has this being come from? Where is it bound?’

ā€œtassa evaṃ ayoniso manasikaroto channaṃ diį¹­į¹­hÄ«naṃ aƱƱatarā diį¹­į¹­hi
uppajjati. ā€˜atthi me attā’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati;
ā€˜natthi me attā’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati; ā€˜attanāva
attānaṃ saƱjānāmī’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati; ā€˜attanāva
anattānaṃ saƱjānāmī’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati;
ā€˜anattanāva attānaṃ saƱjānāmī’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi
uppajjati; atha vā panassa evaṃ diį¹­į¹­hi hoti: ā€˜yo me ayaṃ attā vado
vedeyyo tatra tatra kalyāṇapāpakānaṃ kammānaṃ vipākaṃ paį¹­isaṃvedeti so
kho pana me ayaṃ attā nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ
tatheva į¹­hassatī’ti. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, diį¹­į¹­higataṃ diį¹­į¹­higahanaṃ
diṭṭhikantāraṃ diṭṭhivisūkaṃ diṭṭhivipphanditaṃ diṭṭhisaṃyojanaṃ.
diṭṭhisaṃyojanasaṃyutto, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano na parimuccati
jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi;
ā€˜na parimuccati dukkhasmā’ti vadāmi.

As he attends inappropriately in this way, one of six kinds of view
arises in him: The view I have a self arises in him as true &
established, or the view I have no self… or the view It is precisely
by means of self that I perceive self… or the view It is precisely by
means of self that I perceive not-self… or the view It is precisely by
means of not-self that I perceive self arises in him as true &
established, or else he has a view like this: This very self of mine —
the knower that is sensitive here & there to the ripening of good
& bad actions — is the self of mine that is constant, everlasting,
eternal, not subject to change, and will stay just as it is for
eternity. This is called a thicket of views, a wilderness of views, a
contortion of views, a writhing of views, a fetter of views. Bound by a
fetter of views, the uninstructed run-of-the-mill person is not freed
from birth, aging, & death, from sorrow, lamentation, pain,
distress, & despair. He is not freed, I tell you, from suffering
& stress.



According to the commentary, ayoniso manasikāra
is attention or reflection that constitutes the wrong means or the
wrong track (uppatha), that is contrary to the truth, as for example the
vipallāsas:
attention to the impermanent as permanent, the unpleasant as pleasant,
what is not self as self, and what is foul as beautiful.

The Akusalavitakka Sutta also provides a connection with the wrong type of vitakkas:


SN 9.11


ekaṃ samayaṃ aƱƱataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aƱƱatarasmiṃ vanasaį¹‡įøe.
tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu divāvihāragato pāpake akusale vitakke
vitakketi, seyyathidaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ, byāpādavitakkaṃ, vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ.
atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaį¹‡įøe adhivatthā devatā tassa bhikkhuno
anukampikā atthakāmā taṃ bhikkhuṃ saṃvejetukāmā yena so bhikkhu
tenupasaį¹…kami; upasaį¹…kamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:

On one occasion a certain monk was dwelling among the Kosalans in a
forest thicket. Now at that time, he spent the day’s abiding thinking
evil, unskillful thoughts: i.e., thoughts of sensuality, thoughts of ill
will, thoughts of doing harm. Then the devata inhabiting the forest
thicket, feeling sympathy for the monk, desiring his benefit, desiring
to bring him to his senses, approached him and addressed him with this
verse:

ā€œayoniso manasikārā, so vitakkehi khajjasi.

From inappropriate attention, you’re being chewed by your thoughts.



At AN 5.151, ayoniso manasikāra is juxtaposed with an·ekagga·citta (see ekagga·tā for an antonym) in one single item as an attitude preventing one who listens to the Dhamma from realizing it.

Ayoniso manasikāra prevents wholesome states from arising:

The seven bojjhaį¹…gas:


AN 1.74


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā
bojjhaį¹…gā nuppajjanti uppannā vā bojjhaį¹…gā na bhāvanāpāripÅ«riṃ gacchanti
yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ayonisomanasikāro.

Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen factors
of awakening do not arise and arisen factors of enlightenment do not go
to their completion through development so much as inappropriate
attention.



Sati·sampajañña:


AN 10.61


asatāsampajaññampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. ko cāhāro
asatāsampajaƱƱassa? ā€˜ayonisomanasikāro’’tissa vacanÄ«yaṃ.

Lack of mindfulness and clear comprehension, too, I say, has a
nutriment; it is not without nutriment. And what is the nutriment for
lack of mindfulness and clear comprehension? It should be said: careless
attention.



Ayoniso manasikāra also gives rise to other akusala dhammas:


AN 1.66


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā
akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā kusalā dhammā parihāyanti
yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ayonisomanasikāro.

Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen
unwholesome states arise and arisen wholesome states decline, so much as
inappropriate attention.



In particular, in conjunction with other phenomena, it gives rise to the five nÄ«varaṇas:


SN 46.51


ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā kāmacchandassa uppādāya,
uppannassa vā kāmacchandassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya? atthi, bhikkhave,
subhanimittaṃ. tattha ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro: ayamāhāro
anuppannassa vā kāmacchandassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā kāmacchandassa
bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya.

And what is the food for the arising of unarisen sensual desire, or for
the growth & increase of sensual desire once it has arisen? There is
the theme of beauty. To foster inappropriate attention to it: This is
the food for the arising of unarisen sensual desire, or for the growth
& increase of sensual desire once it has arisen.

ā€œko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā byāpādassa uppādāya, uppannassa
vā byāpādassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya? atthi, bhikkhave,
paṭighanimittaṃ. tattha ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro: ayamāhāro
anuppannassa vā byāpādassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā byāpādassa
bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya.

And what is the food for the arising of unarisen ill will, or for the
growth & increase of ill will once it has arisen? There is the theme
of resistance. To foster inappropriate attention to it: This is the
food for the arising of unarisen ill will, or for the growth &
increase of ill will once it has arisen.

ā€œko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā thinamiddhassa uppādāya,
uppannassa vā thinamiddhassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya? atthi, bhikkhave,
arati tandi vijambhitā bhattasammado cetaso ca līnattaṃ. tattha
ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro: ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā thinamiddhassa
uppādāya, uppannassa vā thinamiddhassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya.

And what is the food for the arising of unarisen sloth & drowsiness,
or for the growth & increase of sloth & drowsiness once it has
arisen? There are boredom, weariness, yawning, drowsiness after a meal,
& sluggishness of awareness. To foster inappropriate attention to
them: This is the food for the arising of unarisen sloth &
drowsiness, or for the growth & increase of sloth & drowsiness
once it has arisen.

ā€œko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā uddhaccakukkuccassa uppādāya,
uppannassa vā uddhaccakukkuccassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya? atthi,
bhikkhave, cetaso avūpasamo. tattha ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro:
ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā uddhaccakukkuccassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā
uddhaccakukkuccassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya.

And what is the food for the arising of unarisen restlessness &
anxiety, or for the growth & increase of restlessness & anxiety
once it has arisen? There is non-stillness of awareness. To foster
inappropriate attention to that: This is the food for the arising of
unarisen restlessness & anxiety, or for the growth & increase of
restlessness & anxiety once it has arisen.



When it comes to vicikicchā, ayoniso manasikāra is the cause per se:


AN 1.15


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā
vicikicchā uppajjati uppannā vā vicikicchā bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya
saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ayonisomanasikāro.

Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen doubt
arises and arisen doubt increases and multiplies, so much as
inappropriate attention.



Ayoniso manasikāra is also the direct cause for the arising of micchā·diṭṭhi:


AN 1.310


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā
micchādiį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati uppannā vā micchādiį¹­į¹­hi pavaįøįøhati yathayidaṃ,
bhikkhave, ayonisomanasikāro.

Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen wrong
view arises and arisen wrong view increases and multiplies, so much as
inappropriate attention.



It generally leads to ‘great harm’ (mahato anatthāya):


AN 1.90


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato
anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ayoniso manasikāro.

Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing that leads to such great harm as inappropriate attention.



It leads particularly to the disappearance of the Dhamma (saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya):


AN 1.122


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa
sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave,
ayonisomanasikāro.

Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing that leads to the decline and
disappearance of the good Dhamma, so much as inappropriate attention.

According to AN 10.76, ayoniso manasikāra rests particularly on three phenomena: forgetfulness (muṭṭhasacca), lack of sampajañña, and mental unrest (cetaso vikkhepa).



Bodhi leaf


——————oooOooo——————


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo? Seyyathidaṃ sammādiį¹­į¹­hi,
sammāsaį¹…kappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammā-ājÄ«vo, sammāvāyāmo,
sammāsati, sammāsamādhi.

Now what, monks, is the Noble Eightfold Path? Right view, right resolve,
right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right
mindfulness, right concentration.

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammādiį¹­į¹­hi? Yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe ñāṇaṃ,
dukkha-samudaye ñāṇaṃ , dukkha-nirodhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkha-nirodha-gāminiyā
paį¹­ipadāya ñāṇaṃ ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammādiį¹­į¹­hi.

And what, monks, is right view? Knowledge with regard to stress,
knowledge with regard to the origination of stress, knowledge with
regard to the stopping of stress, knowledge with regard to the way of
practice leading to the stopping of stress: This, monks, is called right
view.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsaį¹…kappo? Yo kho, bhikkhave,
nekkhamma-saį¹…kappo , abyāpāda-saį¹…kappo, avihiṃsā-saį¹…kappo ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, sammāsaį¹…kappo.

And what is right resolve? Being resolved on renunciation, on freedom
from ill will, on harmlessness: This is called right resolve.

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāvācā? Yā kho, bhikkhave, musāvādā veramaṇī,
pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇī, pharusāya vācāya veramaṇī, samphappalāpā
veramaṇī ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāvācā.

And what is right speech? Abstaining from lying, abstaining from
divisive speech, abstaining from abusive speech, abstaining from idle
chatter: This, monks, is called right speech.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammā-kammanto? Yā kho, bhikkhave, pāṇātipātā
veramaṇī, adinnādānā veramaṇī, abrahmacariyā veramaṇī ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, sammā-kammanto.

And what, monks, is right action? Abstaining from taking life,
abstaining from stealing, abstaining from unchastity: This, monks, is
called right action.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammā-ājīvo? Idha, bhikkhave, ariya-sāvako
micchā-ājīvaṃ pahāya sammā-ājīvena jīvitaṃ kappeti ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, sammā-ājīvo.

And what, monks, is right livelihood? There is the case where a disciple
of the noble ones, having abandoned dishonest livelihood, keeps his
life going with right livelihood: This, monks, is called right
livelihood.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāvāyāmo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ
pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati
vÄ«riyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ
akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati
cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya
chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vÄ«riyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati;
uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya
vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati
cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāvāyāmo.

And what, monks, is right effort? (i) There is the case where a monk
generates desire, endeavors, activates persistence, upholds & exerts
his intent for the sake of the non-arising of evil, unskillful
qualities that have not yet arisen. (ii) He generates desire, endeavors,
activates persistence, upholds & exerts his intent for the sake of
the abandonment of evil, unskillful qualities that have arisen. (iii) He
generates desire, endeavors, activates persistence, upholds &
exerts his intent for the sake of the arising of skillful qualities that
have not yet arisen. (iv) He generates desire, endeavors, activates
persistence, upholds & exerts his intent for the maintenance,
non-confusion, increase, plenitude, development, & culmination of
skillful qualities that have arisen: This, monks, is called right
effort.

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāsati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhā-domanassaṃ; vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno
satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ; citte cittānupassī viharati
ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ; dhammesu
dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhā-domanassaṃ.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāsati.

And what, monks, is right mindfulness? (i) There is the case where a
monk remains focused on the body in & of itself — ardent, aware,
& mindful — putting away greed & distress with reference to the
world. (ii) He remains focused on feelings in & of themselves —
ardent, aware, & mindful — putting away greed & distress with
reference to the world. (iii) He remains focused on the mind in & of
itself — ardent, aware, & mindful — putting away greed &
distress with reference to the world. (iv) He remains focused on mental
qualities in & of themselves — ardent, aware, & mindful —
putting away greed & distress with reference to the world. This,
monks, is called right mindfulness.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ
vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati;
vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ
avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharati;
pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhaƱca kāyena
paį¹­isaṃvedeti yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti: ā€˜upekkhako satimā
sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati;
sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ
atthaį¹…gamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ
upasampajja viharati.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhi ti.

And what, monks, is right concentration? (i) There is the case where a
monk — quite withdrawn from sensuality, withdrawn from unskillful
(mental) qualities — enters & remains in the first jhana: rapture
& pleasure born from withdrawal, accompanied by directed thought
& evaluation. (ii) With the stilling of directed thoughts &
evaluations, he enters & remains in the second jhana: rapture &
pleasure born of concentration, unification of awareness free from
directed thought & evaluation — internal assurance. (iii) With the
fading of rapture, he remains equanimous, mindful, & alert, and
senses pleasure with the body. He enters & remains in the third
jhana, of which the Noble Ones declare, ‘Equanimous & mindful, he
has a pleasant abiding.’ (iv) With the abandoning of pleasure & pain
— as with the earlier disappearance of elation & distress — he
enters & remains in the fourth jhana: purity of equanimity &
mindfulness, neither pleasure nor pain. This, monks, is called right
concentration.



♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is most famously introduced at SN 56.11 as the Middle Way (majjhimā paį¹­ipadā), i.e. the path avoiding both hedonism and self-mortification:

SN 56.11



Dve·me, bhikkhave, antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. Katame dve? Yo c·āyaṃ
kāmesu kāma·sukh·allik·ānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko an·ariyo
an·attha·saṃhito, yo c·āyaṃ attakilamath·ānuyogo dukkho an·ariyo
an·attha·saṃhito. Ete kho, bhikkhave, ubho ante an·upagamma majjhimā
paį¹­ipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhuĀ·karaṇī ñāṇaĀ·karaṇī upasamāya
abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati.

These two extremes, bhikkhus, should not be adopted by one who has gone
forth from the home life. Which two? On one hand, the devotion to
hedonism towards sensuality, which is inferior, vulgar, common, ignoble,
deprived of benefit, and on the other hand the devotion to
self-mortification, which is painful, ignoble, deprived of benefit.
Without going to these two extremes, bhikkhus, the Tathāgata has fully
awaken to the Middle Way, which produces vision, which produces
knowledge, and leads to appeasement, to direct knowledge, to awakening,
to Nibbāna.



♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is also introduced later on in that same sutta as the fourth ariyaĀ·sacca:



Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkha·nirodha·gāminī paṭipadā ariya·saccaṃ:
ayamĀ·eva ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo, seyyathidaṃ: sammā·diį¹­į¹­hi
sammā·saį¹…kappo sammā·vācā sammā·kammanto sammā·ājÄ«vo sammā·vāyāmo
sammā·sati sammā·samādhi.

Furthermore, bhikkhus, this is the noble truth of path leading to the
cessation of suffering: just this noble eightfold path, that is to say:
right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood,
right effort, right mindfulness and right concentration.



♦ As explained above at SN 56.11, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is what leads to nibbāna. At SN 45.62, the former leads towards the latter just as the river Ganges slants, slopes, and inclines towards the east (seyyathāpi gaį¹…gā nadÄ« pācÄ«naĀ·ninnā pācÄ«naĀ·poṇā pācÄ«naĀ·pabbhārā). At SN 45.86, the path is like a tree slanting, sloping and inclining towards the east (seyyathāpi rukkho pācÄ«naĀ·ninno pācÄ«naĀ·poṇo pācÄ«naĀ·pabbhāro) and that could only fall towards that direction if it were to be cut at the foot. It is also said to be the way leading to amata (amataĀ·gāmiĀ·maggo, SN 45.7), or to the unconditioned (aĀ·saį¹…khataĀ·gāmiĀ·maggo, SN 43.11).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga has its own entire saṃyutta (SN 45), that is rich in similes and explanations.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is given various designations. At MN 19, it is called ‘The peaceful and safe path to be followed with exaltation’ (khemo maggo sovatthiko pÄ«tiĀ·gamanÄ«yo). It is often identified with the brahmacariya (e.g. SN 45.6), or with asceticism (sāmaƱƱa) such as at SN 45.35, or brahminhood (brahmaƱƱa) such as at SN 45.36. At SN 12.65, it is the ancient path, the ancient road traveled by the sammā·Sambuddhā of the past. At SN 35.191, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is compared to a raft to cross over from identity to ‘the other shore’, which stands for nibbāna. At SN 45.4, after Ānanda sees a brahmin on a luxurious chariot and calls it a ‘brahmic vehicle’ (brahmaĀ·yāna), the Buddha says that is actually a designation for the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, along with the ‘Dhamma vehicle’ (dhammaĀ·yāna) and the ’supreme victory in battle’ (anuttara saį¹…gāmaĀ·vijaya). The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is also called rightness (sammatta, SN 45.21), kusalā dhammā (SN 45.22), the right way (sammā·paį¹­ipada, SN 45.23) and right practice (sammā·paį¹­ipatti, SN 45.31).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is part of a set of 37 dhammas which are sometimes listed together (e.g. at AN 10.90, SN 22.81). They are sometimes called the bodhipakkhiyā dhammā, although this expression doesn’t have a strict definition in the suttas and is loosely used to describe other sets. The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is also said at SN 45.155 to develop those bodhiĀ·pakkhiyaĀ·dhammā.

♦ Each factor (aį¹…ga) of the path is said to lead to the next:


AN 10.103


ā€œsammattaṃ, bhikkhave, āgamma ārādhanā hoti, no virādhanā. kathaƱca,
bhikkhave, sammattaṃ āgamma ārādhanā hoti, no virādhanā?
sammādiį¹­į¹­hikassa, bhikkhave, sammāsaį¹…kappo pahoti, sammāsaį¹…kappassa
sammāvācā pahoti, sammāvācassa sammākammanto pahoti, sammākammantassa
sammāājīvo pahoti, sammāājīvassa sammāvāyāmo pahoti, sammāvāyāmassa
sammāsati pahoti, sammāsatissa sammāsamādhi pahoti.

Having come to rightness, bhikkhus, there is success, not failure. And
how, bhikkhus, is it that having come to rightness, there is success,
not failure? For one of right view, right thought arises. For one
of right thought, right speech arises. For one of right speech, right
action arises. For one of right action, right livelihood arises. For one
of right livelihood, right effort arises. For one of right effort,
right mindfulness arises. For one of right mindfulness, right
concentration arises.



A similar progression is also notably found at SN
45.1. AN 7.45 states that all the other seven factors of the path are
the ’supports’ (upanisa) and ‘accessories’ (parikkhāra) of sammā·samādhi. MN 117 further explains how the factors interact, according to the following pattern:

MN 117


ā€œtatra, bhikkhave, sammādiį¹­į¹­hi pubbaį¹…gamā hoti. kathaƱca, bhikkhave,
sammādiį¹­į¹­hi pubbaį¹…gamā hoti? micchāsaį¹…kappaṃ ā€˜micchāsaį¹…kappo’ti
pajānāti, sammāsaį¹…kappaṃ ā€˜sammāsaį¹…kappo’ti pajānāti, sāssa hoti
sammādiṭṭhi.

Therein, bhikkhus, right view is the forerunner. And how is right view
the forerunner? One understands wrong thought as wrong thought and right
thought as right thought: this is one’s right
view.

so micchāsaį¹…kappassa pahānāya vāyamati, sammāsaį¹…kappassa upasampadāya,
svāssa hoti sammāvāyāmo. so sato micchāsaį¹…kappaṃ pajahati, sato
sammāsaį¹…kappaṃ upasampajja viharati; sāssa hoti sammāsati. itiyime tayo
dhammā sammāsaį¹…kappaṃ anuparidhāvanti anuparivattanti, seyyathidaṃ
sammādiṭṭhi, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati.

One makes an effort to abandon wrong thought and to acquire right
thought: this is one’s right effort. One abandons wrong thought
mindfully, and acquires and remains in right thought mindfully: this is
one’s right mindfulness. Thus these three things rotate and circle
around right thought, that is, right view, right effort, and right
mindfulness.



♦ The enumeration of each path factor is sometimes
punctuated by four different formulas. The first one is found for
example at SN 45.2 and is in fact mainly used with the bojjhaį¹…gas, and occasionally with (spiritual) indriyas or balas: ‘based upon seclusion, dispassion, and cessation, maturing in release’ (vivekaĀ·nissita virāgaĀ·nissita nirodhaĀ·nissita vossaggaĀ·pariṇāmi).

The second formula can be found at SN 45.4 and says: ‘which
has the removal of avidity as its final goal, the removal of hatred as
its final goal, the removal of delusion as its final goal’ (rāgaĀ·vinayaĀ·pariyosāna dosaĀ·vinayaĀ·pariyosāna mohaĀ·vinayaĀ·pariyosāna)
.

The third one is found for example at SN 45.115 and says: ‘which has the Deathless as its ground, the Deathless as its destination, the Deathless as its final goal’ (amatĀ·ogadha amataĀ·parāyana amataĀ·pariyosāna).

The fourth is found for example at SN 45.91 and says: ‘which slants towards Nibbāna, slopes towards Nibbāna, inclines towards Nibbāna‘ (nibbānaĀ·ninna nibbānaĀ·poṇa nibbānaĀ·pabbhāra).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, if unarisen, does not arise apart from the appearance of a Buddha (n·āññatra tathāgatassa pātubhāvā arahato sammāsambuddhassa, SN 45.14) or the Discipline of a Sublime one (n·āññatra sugataĀ·vinaya, SN 45.15).

♦ At SN 55.5, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is what defines sotāpatti, since sota (the stream) is the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga itself, and a sotāpanna is one who possesses it:


SN 55.5


—
ā€œā€˜soto, soto’ti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati. katamo nu kho, sāriputta, sotoā€ti?

—
It said: ‘The stream, the stream’, Sāriputta. What now, Sāriputta, is ‘the stream’?

—
ā€œayameva hi, bhante, ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo soto

—
Bhante, the stream is just this noble eightfold path

—
ā€œā€˜sotāpanno, sotāpanno’ti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati. katamo nu kho, sāriputta, sotāpannoā€ti?

—
It said: ‘A stream-enterer, a stream-enterer’, Sāriputta. What now, Sāriputta, is ‘a stream-enterer’?

—
ā€œyo hi, bhante, iminā ariyena aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikena maggena samannāgato ayaṃ vuccati sotāpanno

—
Bhante, whoever is possessed of this noble eightfold path is called a stream-enterer



♦ At MN 126, the 8 factors of the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga are presented as a technology of the mind (’a proper method for procuring fruit’: yoni hesā phalassa adhigamāya)
whose results do not depend on making wishes, but instead rely solely
on the laws of nature, which is metaphorically illustrated by how one
gets sesame oil by using the right technique (pressing seeds sprinkled
with water), how one gets milk (by milking a recently calved cow),
butter (by churning curd), or fire (by rubbing a dry, sapless, piece of
wood with a proper fire-stick).

♦ At AN 4.237, the 8 factors of the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga constitute ‘kamma that is neither dark nor bright with neither-dark-nor-bright result, that leads to the destruction of kamma(kammaṃ aĀ·kaṇhā·sukkaṃ aĀ·kaṇhā·sukkaĀ·vipākaṃ, kammaĀ·kkhayāya saṃvattati).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is not seldom augmented to become a tenfold set, with the addition of sammā·ñāṇa and sammā·vimutti. SN 45.26 seems to indicate that these two factors are relevant only for the arahant, as they are what makes the difference between a sappurisa and someone who is better than a sappurisa (sappurisena sappurisataro).

♦ Ten phenomena are said to be the precursors for the arising of the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, the first seven according to the following simile:



sÅ«riyassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṃ pubbaį¹…gamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ,
yadidaṃ, aruṇuggaṃ; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ariyassa
aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikassa maggassa uppādāya etaṃ pubbaį¹…gamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimmittaṃ…

This, bhikkhus, is the forerunner and foretoken of the rising of the
sun, that is, the dawn. In the same way, bhikkhus, for a bhikkhu this is
the forerunner and foretoken of the arising of the noble eightfold
path…



In each case, it is said that when a bhikkhu satisfies the condition, ‘it
is expected that he will develop the noble eightfold path, that he will
cultivate the noble eightfold path (pāṭikaį¹…khaṃ ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ
maggaṃ bhāvessati, ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bahulÄ«karissati)
.

1. Mentioned most often is kalyāṇaĀ·mittatā (with the above sunrise simile at SN 45.49). It is most famously said at SN 45.2 to be the entire brahmacariya (sakalamĀ·evĀ·idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ), since it can be expected from one who develops it that he will practice the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, all the more that as we have seen earlier (e.g. at SN 45.6), brahmacariya is also defined as the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga itself. We find as well a formula reminiscent of the suttas found at the beginning of AN 1:


SN 45.77


nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi, yena anuppanno vā
ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo uppajjati, uppanno vā ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo
bhāvanāpāripÅ«riṃ gacchati, yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, kalyāṇamittatā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, because of which the
unarisen noble eightfold path arises and the arisen noble eightfold path
goes to the plenitude of its development so much, bhikkhus, as because
of favorable friendship.



2. Sīla
is also mentioned a few times independently from the sunrise simile, in
the context of which it is introduced at SN 45.50 as accomplishment in
virtue (sīla·sampadā). Such examples include the following:


SN 45.149


seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye keci balakaraṇīyā kammantā karÄ«yanti, sabbe
te pathaviṃ nissāya pathaviyaṃ patiį¹­į¹­hāya evamete balakaraṇīyā kammantā
karīyanti; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlaṃ nissāya sīle patiṭṭhāya
ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bhāveti ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ
bahulīkaroti.

Just as, bhikkhus, whatever actions are to be performed with strength
are all performed on dependence on the earth, supported by the earth; in
the same way, bhikkhus, it is on dependence on virtue, supported by
virtue, that a bhikkhu develops the noble eightfold path, that he
cultivates the noble eightfold path.




SN 45.150


seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye kecime bÄ«jagāmabhÅ«tagāmā vuįøįøhiṃ virūḷhiṃ
vepullaṃ āpajjanti, sabbe te pathaviṃ nissāya pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya
evamete bÄ«jagāmabhÅ«tagāmā vuįøįøhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjanti; evameva
kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sÄ«laṃ nissāya sÄ«le patiį¹­į¹­hāya ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ
maggaṃ bhāvento ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bahulÄ«karonto vuįøįøhiṃ
virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ pāpuṇāti dhammesu.

Just as, bhikkhus, whatever kinds of seed and plant life come to
development, growth, and plenitude, all come to development, growth, and
plenitude on dependence on the earth, supported by the earth; in the
same way, bhikkhus, on dependence on virtue, supported by virtue, a
bhikkhu developing the noble eightfold path, cultivating the noble
eightfold path, comes to development, growth, and plenitude in
[wholesome] mental states.



3. Appamāda
is also mentioned a few times independently from the sunrise simile, in
the context of which it is introduced at SN 45.54 as accomplishment in
assiduity (appamāda·sampadā). Such examples are found at SN 45.139 and SN 45.140.

4. Sammā·diṭṭhi (AN 10.121) or accomplishment in view (diṭṭhi·sampadā, SN 45.53),
are mentioned with the sunrise simile as precursors of the path,
without surprise since as we have seen above, each path factor leads to
the next, and sammā·diṭṭhi stands first.

5. Accomplishment in desire (chanda·sampadā) is mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.51. The Commentary explains it as desire for kusalā dhammā. In a related meaning, the word chanda appears notably in the sammā·vāyāma formula.

6. Accomplishment in self (attaĀ·sampadā), mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.52. The commentary explains the expression as sampannaĀ·cittaĀ·tā (accomplishment in mind), which suggests the attainment of samādhi (see adhiĀ·cittaĀ·sikkhā). The expression ‘atta·ññū hoti’ (one who knows himself) may explain the term. At SN 7.68, it is explained as knowing oneself to have saddhā, sÄ«la, learning (suta), cāga, paƱƱā and understanding (paį¹­ibhāna).

7. Accomplishment in appropriate attention (yoniso·manasikāra-sampadā), mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.52.

8, 9 & 10. Vijjā followed by hiri and ottappa (anvaĀ·dĀ·eva hirĀ·ottappa) is said to be the forerunner (pubbĀ·aį¹…gama) in the entry upon kusalā dhammā (kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpatti) at SN 45.1 and AN 10.105.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is said at AN 4.34 to be the highest (agga) of saį¹…khatā dhammā and to bring the highest vipākā.

♦ As we have seen above at SN 56.11, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga produces ñāṇaĀ·dassana and leads to upasama, sambodhi and Nibbāna. Between SN 45.161 and SN 45.180, it is also said to lead to the direct knowledge (abhiƱƱā), full understanding (pariƱƱā), complete destruction (parikkhaya), and abandoning (pahāna) of various phenomena: the three discriminations (vidhā), i.e. ‘I am superior’ (ā€˜seyyoĀ·hamĀ·asmī’ti), ‘I am equal’ (ā€˜sadisoĀ·hamĀ·asmī’ti), ‘I am inferior’ (hÄ«noĀ·hamĀ·asmī’ti); the three searches (esanā), i.e. the search for sensuality (kāmĀ·esanā), the search for [a good] existence (bhavĀ·esanā), the search for the brahmic life (brahmacariyĀ·esanā); the three āsavā; the three bhavā; the three sufferings (dukkhatā), i.e. the suffering from pain (dukkhaĀ·dukkhatā), the suffering from Constructions (saį¹…khāraĀ·dukkhatā), the suffering from change (vipariṇāmaĀ·dukkhatā); the three akusalamulā; the three types of vedanā; kāma, diį¹­į¹­hi and avijjā; the four upādānā; abhijjhā, byāpāda, sÄ«laĀ·bbata parāmāsa and adherence to [the view] ‘This [alone] is the truth’ (idaṃ·sacc·ābhinivesa); the seven anusayā; the five kāmaĀ·guṇā; the five nÄ«varaṇā; the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas; the ten saṃyojanā.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga also leads to the cessation (nirodha) of phenomena: MN 9 lists all the twelve links of paį¹­iccaĀ·samuppāda, the four āhārā and the three āsavā; AN 6.63 additionally speaks of the cessation of kāma and kamma; SN 22.56 mentions the cessation of each of the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is the tool to remove akusalā dhammā. In that respect, MN 3 directly mentions all the 16 upakkilesā (with dosa in place of byāpāda). A number of similes illustrating this point are given in the Magga Saṃyutta: at SN 45.153, akusalā dhammā
are given up by the mind like a pot turned upside down ‘gives up’ its
water; at SN 45.156, they are disintegrated like a cloud providing rain
disintegrates a dust storm; at SN 45.157, they are dispersed like a
strong wind disperses a great cloud giving rain; at SN 45.158, they are
like the ropes on a ship that rot under inclement weather.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga gives strength
to the mind, as explained in SN 45.27’s simile, where it is compared to
the stand of a pot that makes it difficult to get knocked over. At SN
45.160, people, powerful or not, wishing to convince a bhikkhu
cultivating the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga to abandon monkhood by
offering him wealth will be no more successful than people wishing to
change the direction of the Ganges, because his mind is inclined to
seclusion.

SN 45.159


ā€œseyyathāpi, bhikkhave, āgantukāgāraṃ. tattha puratthimāyapi disāya
āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, pacchimāyapi disāya āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti,
uttarāyapi disāya āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, dakkhiṇāyapi disāya āgantvā
vāsaṃ kappenti, khattiyāpi āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, brāhmaṇāpi āgantvā
vāsaṃ kappenti, vessāpi āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, suddāpi āgantvā vāsaṃ
kappenti; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ
bhāvento ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bahulÄ«karonto ye dhammā abhiƱƱā
pariƱƱeyyā, te dhamme abhiƱƱā parijānāti, ye dhammā abhiƱƱā pahātabbā,
te dhamme abhiƱƱā pajahati, ye dhammā abhiƱƱā sacchikātabbā, te dhamme
abhiƱƱā sacchikaroti, ye dhammā abhiƱƱā bhāvetabbā, te dhamme abhiƱƱā
bhāveti.

Suppose, monks, there is a guest-house. Travelers come from the east,
the west, the north, the south to lodge here: nobles and Brahmans,
merchants and serfs. In the same way, monks, a monk who cultivates the
Noble Eightfold Path, who assiduously practices the Noble Eightfold
Path, comprehends with higher knowledge those states that are to be so
comprehended, abandons with higher knowledge those states that are to be
so abandoned, comes to experience with higher knowledge those states
that are to be so experienced, and cultivates with higher knowledge
those states that are to be so cultivated.

ā€œkatame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā pariƱƱeyyā? paƱcupādānakkhandhātissa vacanÄ«yaṃ…

What, monks, are the states to be comprehended with higher knowledge? They are the five groups of clinging…

katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā pahātabbā? avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca…

What, monks, are the states to be abandoned with higher knowledge? They are ignorance and the desire for [further] becoming…

katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā sacchikātabbā? vijjā ca vimutti ca…

And what, monks, are the states to be experienced with higher knowledge? They are knowledge and liberation…

katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā bhāvetabbā? samatho ca vipassanā ca.

And what, monk, are the states to be cultivated with higher knowledge? They are calm and insight.





Bodhi leaf


ariyasacca: [ariya+sacca] noble truth. The four ariyaĀ·saccas are expounded by the Buddha in his very first discourse, the Dhamma-cakka’p'pavattana Sutta. It consists of:

1. dukkha-ariyaĀ·sacca
2. dukkhaĀ·samudaya-ariyaĀ·sacca

3. dukkhaĀ·nirodha-ariyaĀ·sacca
4. dukkha·nirodha·gāminī paṭipadā-ariya·sacca



Bodhi leaf


ariyasāvaka: [ariya+sāvaka] noble disciple.



Bodhi leaf


arūpabhava: [a+rūpa+bhava] existence/ becoming in the formless realm, which is taken as meaning those Brahmā-lokas which are accessible only to those who master at least the fifth jhāna. Arūpa-bhava is one of the three types of bhava.



Bodhi leaf


asantuṭṭhitā: [a+santuṭṭhitā]

discontent, dissatisfaction.

asantuį¹­į¹­ha:

discontent, dissatisfied

♦ Sometimes, the adjective aĀ·santuį¹­į¹­ha is used with a rather neutral connotation, as at SN 35.198, where a bhikkhu is simply not satisfied with the answers given to his question.

♦ Most of the time, the word and its lexical derivatives carry a negative (akusala) connotation:

AN 1.64



ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā
akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā kusalā dhammā parihāyanti
yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuṭṭhitā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, because of which unarisen
unwholesome mental states come to arise, or arisen wholesome mental
states come to decline, so much, bhikkhus, as because of
dissatisfaction.



AN 1.88



ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuį¹­į¹­hitā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, that leads to such great harm as discontent.



AN 1.120



ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa
sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuṭṭhitā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, that leads to the decline
and confusion of the authentic Dhamma so much as discontent.



AN 10.82



ā€œso vatānanda, bhikkhu ā€˜asantuį¹­į¹­ho samāno imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissatī’ti netaṃ į¹­hānaṃ vijjati.

It is impossible, Ānanda, that a bhikkhu who is not content will find growth, progress, and completion in this Dhamma-Vinaya.



When the word carries such a connotation, being aĀ·santuį¹­į¹­ha is explained as follows:

AN 6.84



bhikkhu mahiccho hoti, vighātavā, asantuį¹­į¹­ho, itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena

a bhikkhu has great desires, is annoyed and is not content with whatever
kind of robes, almsfood, lodging, and medicines & provisions for
the sick [he gets]



As it is the case above, the word aĀ·santuį¹­į¹­hitā or its lexical derivatives are very often juxtaposed with mahicchatā, which can almost be considered a synonym. In the Vinaya, lay people who are offended by bhikkhus’ behavior often say:



mahicchā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā asantuį¹­į¹­hā.

These ascetics sons of the Sakyan are of great desires, not contented.



This happens typically when misbehaving bhikkhus put
unnecessary pressure on lay supporters, either by asking more than the
strict minimum they need, or by making burdensome requests without prior
invitation. Thus, in the origin story to NP 6, the bhikkhu doesn’t want
to wait until his supporter goes back home to send him some cloth and
demands instead one of the garments he is currently wearing. At NP 8,
the bhikkhu gives instructions for getting finer cloth to the weaver
appointed by his supporters to make his robe, which ends up costing
twice as much yarn as they originally planned. At NP 10, the bhikkhu
doesn’t want to wait till the next day, which ends up costing a fine to
his supporter. At Bhikkhunis’ NP 11, some bhikkhunis ask the king for a
woolen garment (which is considered luxurious).

AN 4.157 maps the concept with others: a·santuṭṭhitā leads to evil desire (pāpika iccha) for recognition (an·avañña) and lābha·sakkāra·siloka, then to wrong effort (vāyama) and finally deceiving families by pretending to be much worthier than one actually is:

AN 4.157



ā€œcattārome, bhikkhave, pabbajitassa rogā. katame cattāro? idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahiccho hoti vighātavā asantuṭṭho
itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena.
so mahiccho samāno vighātavā asantuṭṭho
itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena
pāpikaṃ icchaṃ paṇidahati anavaƱƱa-ppaį¹­ilābhāya
lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaṭilābhāya. so uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati
anavaƱƱa-ppaį¹­ilābhāya lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaį¹­ilābhāya. so saį¹…khāya
kulāni upasaį¹…kamati, saį¹…khāya nisÄ«dati, saį¹…khāya dhammaṃ bhāsati,
saį¹…khāya uccārapassāvaṃ sandhāreti. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro
pabbajitassa rogā.

Bhikkhus, there are these four sicknesses of one gone forth. What four?
Here, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu has great desires, is annoyed and is not
content with whatever kind of robes, almsfood, lodging, and medicines
& provisions for the sick [he gets]. Having great desires, being
annoyed and not content with whatever kind of robes, almsfood, lodging,
and medicines & provisions for the sick [he gets], he generates evil
desire for recognition and for honors, gain & fame. He rouses,
applies and exerts himself to obtain recognition and honors, gain &
fame. He craftily approaches families, craftily sits down, craftily
speaks about the Dhamma, and craftily holds in his excrement and urine.
These, bhikkhus, are four sicknesses of one gone forth.



The sutta then goes on to explain the cure, which
consists in forbearance with regards to the elements of nature, animals,
other people’s words and painful feelings:



ā€œtasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: ā€˜na mahicchā bhavissāma
vighātavanto asantuṭṭhā
itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena,
na pāpikaṃ icchaṃ paṇidahissāma anavaƱƱa-ppaį¹­ilābhāya
lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaṭilābhāya, na uṭṭhahissāma na ghaṭessāma na
vāyamissāma anavañña-ppaṭilābhāya lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaṭilābhāya,
khamā bhavissāma sÄ«tassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya
įøaṃsa-makasa-vātā-tapa-sarīṃsapa-samphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ
vacanapathānaṃ, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ
kharānaṃ kaį¹­ukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātikā
bhavissāmā’ti. evaƱhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbanā€ti.

Therefore, bhikkhus, you should train thus: ‘We won’t have great
desires, be annoyed and not content with whatever kind of robes,
almsfood, lodging, and medicines & provisions for the sick [we will
get]; we won’t generate evil desire for recognition and for honors, gain
& fame; we won’t rouse, apply and exert ourselves to obtain
recognition and honors, gain & fame; we will endure cold, heat,
hunger, thirst and the contact with flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun and
creeping animals, as well as ways of speech that are ill-spoken and
offensive; we will be patient with arisen bodily feelings that are
painful, acute, sharp, piercing, disagreeable, unpleasant and
threatening life.’ This, bhikkhus, is how you should train yourselves.



In this sense, at AN 6.114, asantuṭṭhitā is juxtaposed with mahicchatā and a·sampajañña (lack of thorough comprehension).

It serves as a criterion to know whether one can dwell on his own or should stay amid other monks:

AN 5.127



ā€œpaƱcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ saį¹…ghamhā
vapakāsituṃ . katamehi pañcahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asantuṭṭho hoti
itarÄ«tarena cÄ«varena, asantuį¹­į¹­ho hoti itarÄ«tarena piį¹‡įøapātena,
asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena, asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena
gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, kāmasaį¹…kappabahulo ca viharati.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ
saį¹…ghamhā vapakāsituṃ.

If he is endowed with five qualities, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu is not fit to
live away from the Community. What five? He is not content with whatever
kind of robe [he gets]; he is not content with whatever kind of
almsfood [he gets]; he is not content with whatever kind of lodging [he
gets]; he is not content with whatever kind of medicines and provisions
for the sick [he gets]; and he dwells absorbed in thoughts of
sensuality. If he is endowed with these five qualities, bhikkhus, a
bhikkhu is not fit to live away from the Community.



Laypeople must also avoid this kind of asantuṭṭhitā:

Snp 1.6



ā€œsehi dārehi asantuį¹­į¹­ho, vesiyāsu padussati, dussati paradāresu, taṃ parābhavato mukhaį¹ƒā€.

Not satisfied with one’s own wives, he is seen among the whores and the wives of others — this is the cause of his downfall.



♦ Although the word is mostly used with this negative connotation, it is also occasionally used with a positive (kusala) connotation. At AN 7.56 the devas who are content with their Brahmā state and do not know a higher escape (nissaraṇa) do not understand what those who are not content with that state and do know something higher may understand:

AN 7.56



ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā brahmena āyunā
santuį¹­į¹­hā… te uttari nissaraṇaṃ yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānanti, tesaṃ na
evaṃ ñāṇaṃ hoti… ye ca kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā
brahmena āyunā asantuį¹­į¹­hā… te ca uttari nissaraṇaṃ yathābhÅ«taṃ
pajānanti, tesaṃ evaṃ ñāṇaṃ hoti…

Sir Moggallāna, the devas of Brahmā’s retinue who are content with a
brahmā’s longevity… and who do not know, as it actually is, an escape
higher than this, do not have such a knowledge… But the devas of
Brahmā’s retinue who are not content with a brahmā’s longevity… and
who know, as it actually is, an escape higher than this, have such a
knowledge…



At AN 2.5, asantuṭṭhitā applied to wholesome states (kusalā dhammā) is presented as very important for developing further on the path:

AN 2.5



dvinnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ upaññāsiṃ: yā ca asantuṭṭhitā kusalesu dhammesu, yā ca appaṭivānitā padhānasmiṃ.

Bhikkhus, I have come to know two qualities: non-contentment with wholesome states and tirelessness in exertion.



At SN 55.40, being satisfied with the four usual sot·āpattiyĀ·aį¹…gas leads to not making an effort (vāyama) in solitude (paviveka), and then to successively miss on pāmojja, pÄ«ti and passaddhi, and finally dwell in dukkha, which is considered living with pamāda, while not being satisfied with them prompts one to make the effort in solitude and experience successively pāmojja, pÄ«ti, passaddhi, sukha, samādhi, the fact that phenomena have become manifest, and finally living with appamāda.

At AN 6.80, the word is interestingly surrounded by related concepts:

AN 6.80



chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva mahantattaṃ
vepullattaṃ pāpuṇāti dhammesu. katamehi chahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
ālokabahulo ca hoti yogabahulo ca vedabahulo ca asantuṭṭhibahulo ca
anikkhittadhuro ca kusalesu dhammesu uttari ca patāreti.

If he is endowed with six qualities, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu attains in no
long time greatness and fullness in [wholesome] states. What six? Here,
bhikkhus, a bhikkhu is full of light, full of endeavor, full of
enthusiasm, full of dissatisfaction [with wholesome states already
attained], he doesn’t shirk his task in wholesome states, and he keeps
progressing further.





Bodhi leaf


asappurisa: [a+sappurisa]

bad person.

The word is always contrasted with sappurisa. Bāla is sometimes explicitly mentioned as a synonym:


MN 129


ā€˜bālo ayaṃ bhavaṃ asappuriso’’ti.

ā€˜This individual is a fool, a bad person’.



The term is defined multiple times. We find in the suttas three main ways to define it. According to the micchā·paṭipadā:

SN 45.26


katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco micchādiṭṭhiko
hoti, micchāsaį¹…kappo, micchāvāco, micchākammanto, micchāājÄ«vo,
micchāvāyāmo, micchāsati, micchāsamādhi. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappurisoā€.

And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone is of wrong
view, wrong aspiration, wrong speech, wrong action, wrong livelihood,
wrong effort, wrong mindfulness and wrong concentration. This, bhikkhus,
is what is called a bad person.

ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco micchādiį¹­į¹­hiko hoti, micchāsaį¹…kappo, micchāvāco, micchākammanto,
micchāājÄ«vo, micchāvāyāmo, micchāsati, micchāsamādhi, micchāñāṇī,
micchāvimutti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro.

And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here,
bhikkhus, someone is of wrong view, wrong aspiration, wrong speech,
wrong action, wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong mindfulness, wrong
concentration, wrong knowledge and wrong liberation. This, bhikkhus, is
what is called one who is worse than a bad person.



According to various subsets of the ten akusalā kamma·pathā:

AN 4.204


ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātÄ«
hoti, adinnādāyÄ« hoti, kāmesumicchācārÄ« hoti, musāvādÄ« hoti, pisuṇavāco
hoti, pharusavāco hoti, samphappalāpī hoti, abhijjhālu hoti,
byāpannacitto hoti, micchādiṭṭhiko hoti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappuriso.

And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone destroys
life, takes what is not given, engages in misconduct regarding
[pleasures of] sensuality, speaks falsehood, speaks maliciously, speaks
harshly, speaks frivolously, is covetous, has a malevolent mind, is of
wrong view. This, bhikkhus, is what is called a bad person.

ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco attanā ca pāṇātipātÄ« hoti, paraƱca pāṇātipāte samādapeti,
attanā ca adinnādāyī hoti, paraƱca adinnādāne samādapeti,
attanā ca kāmesumicchācārī hoti, paraƱca kāmesumicchācāre samādapeti,
attanā ca musāvādī hoti, paraƱca musāvāde samādapeti,
attanā ca pisuṇavāco hoti, paraƱca pisuṇavācāya samādapeti,
attanā ca pharusavāco hoti, paraƱca pharusavācāya samādapeti,
attanā ca samphappalāpī hoti, paraƱca samphappalāpe samādapeti, attanā
ca abhijjhālu hoti, paraƱca abhijjhāya samādapeti; attanā ca
byāpannacitto hoti, parañca byāpāde samādapeti, attanā ca micchādiṭṭhiko
hoti, parañca micchādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappurisena asappurisataro.

And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here,
bhikkhus, someone destroys life himself and incites others to destroy
life, takes what is not given himself and incites others to take what is
not given, engages in misconduct regarding [pleasures of] sensuality
himself and incites others to engage in misconduct regarding [pleasures
of] sensuality, speaks falsehood himself and incites others to speak
falsehood, speaks maliciously himself and incites others to speak
maliciously, speaks harshly himself and incites others to, speaks
frivolously himself and incites others to, is covetous himself and
incites others to speak harshly, has a malevolent mind himself and
incites others to have a malevolent mind, is of wrong view himself and
incites others to have wrong view. This, bhikkhus, is what is called one
who is worse than a bad person.



According to a particular set of bad qualities:

AN 4.202


ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco assaddho
hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, appassuto hoti, kusīto hoti,
muṭṭhassati hoti, duppañño hoti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappuriso.

And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone doesn’t
have conviction, doesn’t have conscientiousness, doesn’t have scruple,
doesn’t acquire learning, is lazy, is of forgetful mindfulness, is of
deficient discernment. This, bhikkhus, is what is called a bad person.

ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco attanā ca assaddho hoti, paraƱca assaddhiye samādapeti; attanā ca
ahiriko hoti, paraƱca ahirikatāya samādapeti; attanā ca anottappī hoti,
paraƱca anottappe samādapeti; attanā ca appassuto hoti, paraƱca
appassute samādapeti; attanā ca kusīto hoti, paraƱca kosajje samādapeti;
attanā ca muṭṭhassati hoti, parañca muṭṭhassacce samādapeti; attanā ca
duppañño hoti, parañca duppaññatāya samādapeti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappurisena asappurisataro.

And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here,
bhikkhus, someone doesn’t have conviction himself and incites others to
be without conviction, doesn’t have conscientiousness himself and
incites others to be without conscientiousness, doesn’t have scruple
himself and incites others to be without scruple, doesn’t acquire
learning himself and incites others to not acquire learning, is lazy
himself and incites others to be lazy, is of forgetful mindfulness
himself and incites others to be of forgetful mindfulness, is of
deficient discernment himself and incites others to be of deficient
discernment. This, bhikkhus, is what is called one who is worse than a
bad person.



The term is also defined or explained at great length in two suttas of the Majjhima Nikāya:

MN 110


asappuriso, bhikkhave, assaddhammasamannāgato hoti, asappurisabhatti
hoti, asappurisacintī hoti, asappurisamantī hoti, asappurisavāco hoti,
asappurisakammanto hoti, asappurisadiį¹­į¹­hi hoti; asappurisadānaṃ detiā€.

“A person of no integrity is endowed with qualities of no integrity; he
is a person of no integrity in his friendship, in the way he wills, the
way he gives advice, the way he speaks, the way he acts, the views he
holds, & the way he gives a gift.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso assaddhammasamannāgato hoti? idha,
bhikkhave, asappuriso assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti,
appassuto hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, duppañño hoti. evaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, asappuriso assaddhammasamannāgato hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity endowed with qualities of no
integrity? There is the case where a person of no integrity is lacking
in conviction, lacking in conscience, lacking in concern [for the
results of unskillful actions]; he is unlearned, lazy, of muddled
mindfulness, & poor discernment. This is how a person of no
integrity is endowed with qualities of no integrity.”

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisabhatti hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappurisassa ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā assaddhā ahirikā anottappino
appassutā kusītā muṭṭhassatino duppaññā tyāssa mittā honti te sahāyā.
evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisabhatti hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in his
friendship? There is the case where a person of no integrity has, as his
friends & companions, those brahmans & contemplatives who are
lacking in conviction, lacking in conscience, lacking in concern,
unlearned, lazy, of muddled mindfulness, & poor discernment. This is
how a person of no integrity is a person of no integrity in his
friendship.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisacintÄ« hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso attabyābādhāyapi ceteti, parabyābādhāyapi ceteti,
ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso
asappurisacintī hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he wills? There is the case where a person of no integrity wills for
his own affliction, or for the affliction of others, or for the
affliction of both. This is how a person of no integrity is a person of
no integrity in the way he wills.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisamantÄ« hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso attabyābādhāyapi manteti, parabyābādhāyapi manteti,
ubhayabyābādhāyapi manteti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso
asappurisamantī hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he gives advice? There is the case where a person of no integrity gives
advice for his own affliction, or for the affliction of others, or for
the affliction of both. This is how a person of no integrity is a person
of no integrity in the way he gives advice.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisavāco hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso musāvādÄ« hoti, pisuṇavāco hoti, pharusavāco hoti,
samphappalāpī hoti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisavāco hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he speaks? There is the case where a person of no integrity is one who
tells lies, engages in divisive tale-bearing, engages in harsh speech,
engages in idle chatter. This is how a person of no integrity is a
person of no integrity in the way he speaks.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisakammanto hoti? idha,
bhikkhave, asappuriso pāṇātipātÄ« hoti, adinnādāyÄ« hoti, kāmesumicchācārÄ«
hoti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisakammanto hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he acts? There is the case where a person of no integrity is one who
takes life, steals, engages in illicit sex. This is how a person of no
integrity is a person of no integrity in the way he acts.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadiį¹­į¹­hi hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso evaṃdiį¹­į¹­hi hoti: ā€˜natthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiį¹­į¹­haṃ, natthi
hutaṃ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, natthi ayaṃ loko,
natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā,
natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaį¹­ipannā, ye imaƱca lokaṃ
paraƱca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiƱƱā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. evaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadiį¹­į¹­hi hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the
views he holds? There is the case where a person of no integrity is one
who holds a view like this: ‘There is nothing given, nothing offered,
nothing sacrificed. There is no fruit or result of good or bad actions.
There is no this world, no next world, no mother, no father, no
spontaneously reborn beings; no brahmans or contemplatives who, faring
rightly & practicing rightly, proclaim this world & the next
after having directly known & realized it for themselves.’ This is
how a person of no integrity is a person of no integrity in the views he
holds.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadānaṃ deti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso asakkaccaṃ dānaṃ deti, asahatthā dānaṃ deti, acittīkatvā
dānaṃ deti, apaviṭṭhaṃ dānaṃ deti anāgamanadiṭṭhiko dānaṃ deti. evaṃ
kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadānaṃ deti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he gives a gift? There is the case where a person of no integrity gives
a gift inattentively, not with his own hand, disrespectfully, as if
throwing it away, with the view that nothing will come of it. This is
how a person of no integrity is a person of no integrity in the way he
gives a gift.

ā€œso, bhikkhave, asappuriso evaṃ assaddhammasamannāgato, evaṃ
asappurisabhatti, evaṃ asappurisacintī, evaṃ asappurisamantī, evaṃ
asappurisavāco, evaṃ asappurisakammanto, evaṃ asappurisadiṭṭhi; evaṃ
asappurisadānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā yā asappurisānaṃ gati
tattha upapajjati. kā ca, bhikkhave, asappurisānaṃ gati? nirayo vā
tiracchānayoni vā.

“This person of no integrity, thus endowed with qualities of no
integrity; a person of no integrity in his friendship, in the way he
wills, the way he gives advice, the way he speaks, the way he acts, the
views he holds, & the way he gives a gift, on the break-up of the
body, after death, reappears in the destination of people of no
integrity. And what is the destination of people of no integrity? Hell
or the animal womb.



MN 113


ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo? idha, bhikkhave, asappuriso
uccākulā pabbajito hoti. so iti paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜ahaṃ khomhi uccākulā
pabbajito, ime panaƱƱe bhikkhÅ« na uccākulā pabbajitā’ti. so tāya
uccākulīnatāya attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti. ayaṃ, bhikkhave,
asappurisadhammo …

“And which is the quality of a person of no integrity? “There is the
case where a person of no integrity goes forth from a high-ranking
family. He notices, ‘I have gone forth from a high-ranking family, but
these other monks have not gone forth from a high-ranking family.’ He
exalts himself for having a high-ranking family and disparages others.
This is the quality of a person of no integrity …

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso mahākulā pabbajito hoti …
mahābhogakulā pabbajito hoti … uḷārabhogakulā pabbajito hoti. so iti
paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜ahaṃ khomhi uḷārabhogakulā pabbajito, ime panaƱƱe
bhikkhÅ« na uḷārabhogakulā pabbajitā’ti. so tāya uḷārabhogatāya
attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti. ayampi, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo …

“Furthermore, a person of no integrity goes forth from a great family…
a family of great wealth… a family of extensive wealth. He notices,
‘I have gone forth from a family of extensive wealth, but these other
monks have not gone forth from a family of extensive wealth.’ He exalts
himself for having a family of extensive wealth and disparages others.
This is the quality of a person of no integrity …

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso Ʊāto hoti yasassÄ«… lābhÄ« hoti
cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārānaṃ…
bahussuto hoti… vinayadharo hoti… dhammakathiko hoti… āraƱƱiko
hoti… paṃsukÅ«liko hoti… piį¹‡įøapātiko hoti… rukkhamÅ«liko hoti…
sosāniko hoti… abbhokāsiko hoti… nesajjiko hoti… yathāsanthatiko
hoti… ekāsaniko hoti… paį¹­hamaṃ jhānaṃ… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ… tatiyaṃ
jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati… ākāsānaƱcāyatanaṃ…
viññāṇaƱcāyatanaṃ… ākiƱcaƱƱāyatanaṃ… nevasaƱƱānāsaƱƱāyatanaṃ
upasampajja viharati. so iti paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜ahaṃ khomhi
neva-saññā-nāsaññ-āyatana-samāpattiyā lābhī, ime panaññe bhikkhū
neva-saƱƱā-nāsaƱƱ-āyatana-samāpattiyā na lābhino’ti. so tāya
neva-saññā-nāsaññ-āyatana-samāpattiyā attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti.
ayampi, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo.

“Furthermore, a person of no integrity is well-known & highly
regarded … is one who gains robe-cloth, alms-food, lodgings, &
medicinal requisites for the sick … is learned … is a master of the
Vinaya … is a Dhamma-speaker … is a wilderness dweller … is one
who wears robes of thrown-away rags… an alms-goer… one who dwells at
the root of a tree… a cemetery dweller… one who lives in the open
air… one who doesn’t lie down… one who is content with whatever
dwelling is assigned to him… one who eats only one meal a day …
enters & remains in the first jhāna … in the second jhāna… the
third jhāna… the fourth jhāna… the dimension of the infinitude of
space… the dimension of the infinitude of consciousness… the
dimension of nothingness… the dimension of neither perception nor
non-perception. He notices, ‘I have gained the attainment of the
dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, but these other
monks have not gained the attainment of the dimension of neither
perception nor non-perception.’ He exalts himself for the attainment of
the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception and disparages
others. This is the quality of a person of no integrity.



The sutta doesn’t mention the behavior of an asappurisa who would attain saññā·vedayitaĀ·nirodha, while it mentions that of a sappurisa who would, which suggests that a person who reaches such a state can no longer be an asappurisa.

♦ An asappurisa can be recognized by the way he relates to his own and his fellows’ faults and virtues:

AN 4.73


ā€œcatÅ«hi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato asappuriso veditabbo. katamehi
catÅ«hi? idha, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti parassa avaṇṇo taṃ apuį¹­į¹­hopi
pātu karoti, ko pana vādo puṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
ahāpetvā alambitvā paripÅ«raṃ vitthārena parassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.

“Monks, a person endowed with these four qualities can be known as ‘a
person of no integrity.’ Which four? There is the case where a person of
no integrity, when unasked, reveals another person’s bad points, to say
nothing of when asked. Furthermore, when asked, when pressed with
questions, he is one who speaks of another person’s bad points in full
& in detail, without omission, without holding back. Of this person
you may know, ‘This venerable one is a person of no integrity.’

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti parassa vaṇṇo taṃ puį¹­į¹­hopi
na pātu karoti, ko pana vādo apuṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
hāpetvā lambitvā aparipÅ«raṃ avitthārena parassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.

“Then again, a person of no integrity, when asked, does not reveal
another person’s good points, to say nothing of when unasked.
Furthermore, when asked, when pressed with questions, he is one who
speaks of another person’s good points not in full, not in detail, with
omissions, holding back. Of this person you may know, ‘This venerable
one is a person of no integrity.’

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti attano avaṇṇo taṃ puį¹­į¹­hopi
na pātu karoti, ko pana vādo apuṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
hāpetvā lambitvā aparipÅ«raṃ avitthārena attano avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.

“Then again, a person of no integrity, when asked, does not reveal his
own bad points, to say nothing of when unasked. Furthermore, when asked,
when pressed with questions, he is one who speaks of his own bad points
not in full, not in detail, with omissions, holding back. Of this
person you may know, ‘This venerable one is a person of no integrity.’

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti attano vaṇṇo taṃ apuį¹­į¹­hopi
pātu karoti, ko pana vādo puṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
ahāpetvā alambitvā paripÅ«raṃ vitthārena attano vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti. imehi kho,
bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato asappuriso veditabbo.

“Then again, a person of no integrity, when unasked, reveals his own
good points, to say nothing of when asked. Furthermore, when asked, when
pressed with questions, he is one who speaks of his own good points in
full & in detail, without omissions, without holding back. Of this
person you may know, ‘This venerable one is a person of no integrity.’



♦ According to AN 2.33, an asappurisa is ungrateful (aĀ·katĀ·aññū - ‘one who doesn’t know what has been done’) and unthankful (aĀ·kataĀ·vedÄ« - ‘one who doesn’t feel what has been done’).

♦ At AN 2.135, someone who, without knowing well nor investigating (anĀ·anuvicca aĀ·pariyĀ·ogāhetvā), speaks in praise of someone who deserves critic (aĀ·vaṇṇ·ārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati), or criticizes someone who deserves praise (vaṇṇ·ārahassa aĀ·vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati), is an asappurisa. In the immediately following sutta, the same holds for believing a matter that merits suspiscion (appasādanÄ«ye į¹­hāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti) or being suspicious about a matter that merits belief (pasādanÄ«ye į¹­hāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti).

♦ At AN 2.137, one who misbehaves (micchā·paį¹­ipajjati) towards his mother or father is an asappurisa, and in the immediately following sutta, the same holds for the Tathāgata or one of his disciples (tathāgataĀ·sāvaka).

♦ At AN 10.61, listening to a teaching that contradicts the saddhamma is caused by association with asappurisā.



Bodhi leaf


āsava: that which flows (out or on to) outflow and influx.

1) spirit, the intoxicating extract or secretion of a tree or flower.

2) discharge from a sore (AN 3.25).

3) that which intoxicates the mind (bemuddles it,
befoozles it, so that it cannot rise to higher things). Impurities/
pollutions/ fermentations/ corruptions of the mind.

The Buddha often refers to arahatta as the total destruction of āsavas (āsavakkhaya). Sāriputta lists āsavas as threefold at MN 9:

1. kām-āsava

2. bhav-āsava

3. avijj-āsava

The Sabbāsava Sutta explains in detail how the different types of āsavas are to be eradicated.



Bodhi leaf


āsavānaṃ khayañāṇa: [āsava khaya+ñāṇa] knowledge of the ending of āsavas, which arises with arahatta. It is one of the three vijjās. The formula defining it is analyzed there.



Bodhi leaf


asmimāna: [asmi+māna]

the conceit ‘I am’.

The term asmi·māna can be considered as a variant form of māna, which constitutes one of the five saṃyojanas that disappear only with arahatta, and one of the seven anusayas. Thus, it is essentially something to get rid of.

♦ In this connection, aniccaĀ·saƱƱā applied to the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas is often presented as the way to remove asmiĀ·māna, e.g.:


SN 22.102


ā€œkathaṃ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, aniccasaƱƱā kathaṃ bahulÄ«katā… sabbaṃ
asmimānaṃ samÅ«hanati? ā€˜iti rÅ«paṃ, iti rÅ«passa samudayo, iti rÅ«passa
atthaį¹…gamo; iti vedanā… iti saƱƱā… iti saį¹…khārā… iti viññāṇaṃ, iti
viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaį¹…gamo’ti. evaṃ bhāvitā kho,
bhikkhave, aniccasaƱƱā evaṃ bahulÄ«katā… sabbaṃ asmimānaṃ
samÅ«hanatÄ«ā€ti.

And how, bhikkhus, is the perception of impermanence developed and
practiced often so that it eradicates… all conceit ‘I am’? ‘Such is
Form, such its apparition, such its extinction; such is Feeling… such
is Perception… such are Fabrications… such is Consciousness, such
its apparition, such its extinction’: this is how the perception of
impermanence is developed and practiced often so that it eradicates…
all conceit ‘I am’.



In an equivalent statement, the term asmiĀ·māna is mentioned as applying to the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas, and the term aniccaĀ·saƱƱā is replaced by ‘udayabbay·ānupassÄ«’ (observing apparition and extinction).


MN 122


paƱca kho ime, ānanda, upādānakkhandhā yattha bhikkhunā
udayabbayānupassinā vihātabbaṃ. ā€˜iti rÅ«paṃ iti rÅ«passa samudayo iti
rÅ«passa atthaį¹…gamo, iti vedanā… iti saƱƱā… iti saį¹…khārā… iti
viññāṇaṃ iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññāṇassa atthaį¹…gamo’ti. tassa
imesu paƱcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassino viharato yo paƱcasu
upādānakkhandhesu asmimāno so pahīyati.

There are these five clinging-aggregates where a monk should stay,
keeping track of arising & passing away (thus): ‘Such is form, such
its origination, such its disappearance. Such is feeling… Such is
perception… Such are fabrications… Such is consciousness, such its
origination, such its disappearance.’ As he stays keeping track of
arising & passing away with regard to these five
clinging-aggregates, he abandons any conceit that ‘I am’ with regard to
these five clinging-aggregates.



As a matter of fact, it is revealed at AN 9.1 that aniccaĀ·saƱƱā does not lead directly to asmiĀ·mānaĀ·samugghāta (eradication of the conceit ‘I am’). Rather, aniccaĀ·saƱƱā leads first to anattaĀ·saƱƱā, which is the actual proximate cause for that eradication to take place:


AN 9.1


AniccasaƱƱā bhāvetabbā asmimānasamugghātāya. AniccasaƱƱino, bhikkhave,
anattasaƱƱā saṇṭhāti. anattasaƱƱī asmimānasamugghātaṃ pāpuṇāti diį¹­į¹­heva
dhamme nibbānanā€ti

The perception of inconstancy should be developed, for the eradication
of the conceit ‘I am’. In one who perceives inconstancy, bhikkhus, the
perception of non-self takes a stand. One who perceives non-self reaches
the eradication of the conceit ‘I am’, Nibbāna in this visible world.



♦ An alternative tool for abandoning asmiĀ·māna is kāyagatāsati:


AN 1.588


ekadhamme, bhikkhave, bhāvite bahulīkate asmimāno pahīyati. katamasmiṃ ekadhamme? kāyagatāya satiyā.

When, bhikkhus, one thing is developed and practiced often, the conceit
‘I am’ is abandoned. Which one thing? Mindfulness directed to the body.



AN 6.29, which features a unique list of anussatis, provides a more specific information: it is the nine sivathika contemplations that help eradicating asmi·māna:


AN 6.29


so imameva kāyaṃ evaṃ upasaṃharati: ā€˜ayampi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo
evaṃbhāvÄ« evaṃanatÄ«to’ti. idaṃ, bhante, anussatiį¹­į¹­hānaṃ evaṃ bhāvitaṃ
evaṃ bahulīkataṃ asmimānasamugghātāya saṃvattati.

He compares this very body with it [the corpse]: ‘This body is also of
such a nature, it will become like this, it is not exempt from that.’
This subject of recollection, when developed and practiced often in this
way, leads to the eradication of the conceit ‘I am.’



♦ We find in the suttas a few illustrative evocations of asmiĀ·māna
or its eradication. At SN 35.214, the practitioner is compared to a log
drifting on a river that will go all the way to the ocean (which stands
for nibbāna), provided it doesn’t get stopped on the way. One of the possible obstacles is asmiĀ·māna, which is compared to ‘being cast up on high ground’ (thale ussādo).

At AN 4.38, through eradication of asmiĀ·māna, a bhikkhu is called ‘patilÄ«na’,
which may mean ‘reserved’, ‘quiet’, ‘unostentatious’, ‘unpretentious’,
and which the commentary explains as ‘hidden’ or ‘gone into solitude’.

At AN 5.71, one who has abandoned asmiĀ·māna is said to be an ariya ‘with banner lowered’ (pannaĀ·ddhajo), ‘with burden dropped’ (pannaĀ·bhāra) and ‘detached’ or ‘unfettered’ (visaṃyutta).



Bodhi leaf


assāda: (apparent/sensory) satisfaction, enjoyment, gratification, sweetness, allure, happiness. Often cited together with ādÄ«nava and nissaraṇa as characteristics to be understood regarding various dhammas: the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas, kāma, certain diį¹­į¹­his etc. The assāda of a particular dhamma is generally described as the sukha and somanassa which arise on account of it. The assāda of kāma, rÅ«pa and vedanā are explained in detail at MN 13.



Bodhi leaf


assutavā: [a+suta+vā] uninstructed/ ignorant person - lit: ‘one who has not heard/learnt’.



Bodhi leaf


asubha: [a+subha]

1) (n:) non-beauty, foulness, loathsomeness, digust, ugliness.

2) (adj:) foul, loathsome, disgusting, ugly, impure, unpleasant.

Almost synonymous with paṭikūla. The contemplation of an asubha·nimitta is the way to develop asubha·saññā.

♦ The contemplation of an asubha object is exclusively aimed at removing rāga (e.g. MN 62, AN 6.107) or at removing kāmaĀ·cchanda, which is one of the five nÄ«varaṇas (with the help of an asubhaĀ·nimitta, at SN 46.51 and AN 1.16).

♦ In the Aį¹…guttara Nikāya, the expression ‘bhikkhu asubhānupassÄ« kāye viharati’ (a bhikkhu dwells contemplating asubha in the body) appears as a synonym for the practice of asubhaĀ·saƱƱā (at AN 10.60), often applied specifically to kāya, and generally in conjunction with āhāre paį¹­ikÅ«laĀ·saƱƱī, sabbaĀ·loke anĀ·abhirataĀ·saƱƱī, sabbaĀ·saį¹…khāresu anicc·ānupassÄ«, and maraṇaĀ·saƱƱ[Ä«]. This set of five factors is said in various synonym ways to lead to nibbāna (e.g. AN 5.69). They can also lead a sick bhikkhu to arahatta (AN 5.121). Alternatively, in some cases they lead only to anāgāmita (AN 5.122).

♦ The expression ‘asubhānupassÄ« kāye viharati’ is also described at AN 4.163 as participating of a painful mode of practice (dukkhā paį¹­ipadā).

♦ Seeing as subha something which is actually asubha constitutes one of four saññā·vipallāsa (distortions of perception), cittaĀ·vipallāsa (perversions of the mind), diį¹­į¹­hiĀ·vipallāsa (inversions of views), the other three being the corresponding misunderstanding of aniccā, dukkha and anatta (AN 4.49).

♦ At SN 54.9,
the danger in this practice is made evident, as it leads many bhikkhus
to commit suicide. It can be inferred that they did not apply yoniso manasi·kāra correctly and thus multiplied their aversion instead of removing
rāga or kāma·cchanda. After the incident, the Buddha recommands ānāpānassati·samādhi as a way to gain calm, pleasantness, and allay akusala dhammas.

♦ For further information about asubha practices, see asubhaĀ·nimitta and asubhaĀ·saƱƱā below.



Bodhi leaf


asubhanimitta: [asubha+nimitta]

sign of the unattractive, characteristic of foulness. The practice is to apply the mind to something repulsive, either per se
(corpses at various stages of putrefaction for example), or to the
repulsive aspects of something usually perceived otherwise, such as the
body (of which 31 parts are identified, see here) or food. It is worthwhile to note that this practice can be dangerous, as if the mind is not properly endowed with yoniso manasi·kāra, one may instead multiply aversion as it happens at SN 54.9, where many bhikkhus commit suicide. Generally speaking, an asubha·nimitta can also be defined as an object that allows for the practice of asubha·saññā.

♦ At SN 46.51 and AN 1.16, an asubhaĀ·nimitta is said to remove kāmaĀ·cchanda, which is one of the five nÄ«varaṇas. At AN 3.69, it is also said to remove rāga.

♦ One practice involving asubhaĀ·nimittas is described in most detail in the section on charnel grounds (sivathika) of the Mahā·satiĀ·paį¹­į¹­hāna Sutta, although not directly mentioned with this terminology.

♦ For further information about asubha practices, see asubhaĀ·saƱƱā below.



Bodhi leaf


asubhasaƱƱā: [asubha+saƱƱā]

perception of the unattractive, perception of foulness, perception of non-beauty. This practice is explained at AN 10.60: it consists in reviewing 31 body parts.

♦ According to AN 7.49, when one often applies his/her mind to this practice, he/she is automatically repulsed by methunaĀ·dhammaĀ·samāpatti (getting into sexual intercourse).

♦ The seven bojjhaį¹…gas can be developed in conjunction with asubhaĀ·saƱƱā (SN 46.72).

♦ According to AN 7.27, so long as the bhikkhus practice asubhaĀ·saƱƱā, only growth can be expected of them, not decline.

♦ In the Aį¹…guttara Nikāya, asubhaĀ·saƱƱā appears almost always with āhāre paį¹­ikÅ«laĀ·saƱƱā, sabbaĀ·loke anĀ·abhirataĀ·saƱƱā and maraṇaĀ·saƱƱā. They are often collectively recommended for the sake of understanding or removing rāga (e.g. AN 5.303).

♦ Other perceptions usually associated with asubhaĀ·saƱƱā include aniccaĀ·saƱƱā, anicce dukkhaĀ·saƱƱā, anattaĀ·saƱƱā, ādÄ«navaĀ·saƱƱā, pahānaĀ·saƱƱā, virāgaĀ·saƱƱā and nirodhaĀ·saƱƱā.



Bodhi leaf


asura: beings resembling titans or fallen angels. Considered as in a way similar to the devas, but as being in a duggati,
and thus living in misery. They are also often described as having a
hostile nature and as frequently engaging in war against the devas lead by Sakka. Their leader is called Vepacitti.



Bodhi leaf


ātāpī:

(adj:) ardent, diligent, serious in effort, zealous.

The term appears most prominently in the Satipaṭṭhāna formulas:


DN 22


bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ.

a bhikkhu dwells observing body in body, ardent, clearly comprehending, mindful, having given up covetousness and affliction towards the world.



It is explicitly defined at SN 16.2 in formulas reminiscent of those describing sammā·vāyāma:



ā€œkathaƱcāvuso, ātāpÄ« hoti? idhāvuso, bhikkhu ā€˜anuppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyun’ti ātappaṃ karoti,
ā€˜uppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahÄ«yamānā anatthāya
saṃvatteyyun’ti ātappaṃ karoti, ā€˜anuppannā me kusalā dhammā
anuppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyun’ti ātappaṃ karoti, ā€˜uppannā me
kusalā dhammā nirujjhamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyun’ti ātappaṃ karoti.
evaṃ kho, āvuso, ātāpī hoti.

And how, friend, is one ardent? Here, friend, a bhikkhu exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If unarisen bad, unskillful mental states arise in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If arisen bad, unskillful mental states are not abandoned in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If unarisen skillful mental states do not arise in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If arisen skillful mental states cease in me, this may lead to [my] misfortune.’ Thus, friend, he is ardent.



This definition is extended to include the ability to endure extreme dukkha·vedanā at AN 3.50:



ā€œyato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya ātappaṃ karoti,
anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya ātappaṃ karoti, uppannānaṃ
sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ
amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsanāya ātappaṃ karoti, ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu ātāpÄ« nipako sato sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyÄā€ti.

Bhikkhus, when a bhikkhu exerts ardor for the non-arising of
unarisen bad, unskillful mental states, for the arising of unarisen
skillful mental states, and for enduring arisen bodily feelings that are
painful, racking, sharp, piercing, disagreeable, displeasing,
threatening life, this is called, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu who is ardent, alert, and mindful for making a correct end of ill-being.



Another example of what being ātāpī means is given at AN 4.11:



ā€œcarato cepi… į¹­hitassa cepi… nisinnassa cepi… sayānassa cepi,
bhikkhave, bhikkhuno uppajjati kāmavitakko vā byāpādavitakko vā
vihiṃsāvitakko vā, taṃ ce bhikkhu nādhivāseti, pajahati vinodeti
byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti, sayānopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jāgaro
evaṃbhÅ«to ā€˜ÄtāpÄ« ottāpÄ« satataṃ samitaṃ āraddhavÄ«riyo pahitatto’ti vuccati.

If while walking… while standing… while sitting… while lying down a
thought of sensuality, a thought of ill will or a thought of harming
arises in a bhikkhu and he does not give in to it but abandons it,
dispels it, removes it, and brings it to complete cessation, then while
wakefully lying down that bhikkhu is said to be ardent, to fear wrongdoing and to be continually and continuously of aroused energy and resolute will.



And at AN 4.12:



ā€œcarato cepi… į¹­hitassa cepi… nisinnassa cepi… sayānassa cepi,
bhikkhave, bhikkhuno jāgarassa abhijjhābyāpādo vigato hoti, thinamiddhaṃ
pahīnaṃ hoti, uddhaccakukuccaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti, vicikicchā pahīnā hoti,
āraddhaṃ hoti vīriyaṃ asallīnaṃ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho
kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṃ cittaṃ ekaggaṃ, sayānopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
jāgaro evaṃbhÅ«to ā€˜ÄtāpÄ« ottāpÄ« satataṃ samitaṃ āraddhavÄ«riyo
pahitatto’ti vuccatÄ«ā€ti.

If while walking… while standing… while sitting… while wakefully
lying down covetousness and ill-will have ceased in a bhikkhu, dullness
and drowsiness are abandoned, mental agitation and worry are abandoned,
doubt is abandoned, his energy is aroused relentlessly, his mindfulness
is established and unconfused, his body is tranquil and calm, his mind
is concentrated and unified, then while wakefully lying down that
bhikkhu is said to be ardent, to fear wrongdoing and to be continually and continuously of aroused energy and resolute will.



A list of terms that appear to be related to ātappaṃ karoti and may help gathering the meaning of ātāpī is given at SN 12.87: sikkhā karoti (practice the training), yoga karoti (exert dedication), chanda karoti (stir up the desire), ussoḷhī karoti (make an exertion), appaṭivānī karoti (exert persistence), vīriyaṃ karoti (exert energy), sātaccaṃ karoti (exert perseverance), sati karoti (exert mindfulness), sampajaññaṃ karoti (exert clear comprehension), appamādo karoti (exert heedfulness).


SN 12.87


upādānaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ upādāne yathābhūtaṃ
ñāṇāya sikkhā karaṇīyā… yogo karaṇīyo… chando karaṇīyo… ussoįø·hÄ«
karaṇīyā… appaį¹­ivānÄ« karaṇīyā… ātappaṃ karaṇīyaṃ… vÄ«riyaṃ karaṇīyaṃ… sātaccaṃ karaṇīyaṃ… sati karaṇīyā… sampajaƱƱaṃ karaṇīyaṃ.. appamādo karaṇīyo.

Bhikkhus, one who does not know, who does not see attachment as it
really is should practice the training… exert dedication… stir up
the desire… make an exertion… exert persistence… exert ardor
exert energy… exert perseverance… exert mindfulness… exert clear
comprehension… exert heedfulness in order to know it as it really is.



Another list is found at DN 3 and adds padhāna, anuyoga and sammā·manasikāra (probably a synonym for yoniso manasikāra):


DN 3


ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārÅ«paṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati

Some renuniciate or brahmin, by means of ardor, by means of
effort, by means of dedication, by means of heedfulness, by means of
proper consideration, attains such a concentration of the mind



Some suttas help understanding what being ātāpī means, as they explain what may happen when the practitioner is in that state:


SN 36.7


ā€œtassa ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino
pahitattassa viharato uppajjati sukhā vedanā… dukkhā vedanā. so evaṃ
pajānāti: ā€˜uppannā kho myāyaṃ dukkhā vedanā. sā ca kho paį¹­icca, no
appaṭicca. kiṃ paṭicca? imameva kāyaṃ paṭicca. ayaṃ kho pana kāyo anicco
saį¹…khato paį¹­iccasamuppanno. aniccaṃ kho pana saį¹…khataṃ
paṭiccasamuppannaṃ kāyaṃ paṭicca uppannā dukkhā vedanā kuto niccā
bhavissatī’ti! so kāye ca dukkhāya vedanāya aniccānupassÄ« viharati,
vayānupassī viharati, virāgānupassī viharati, nirodhānupassī viharati,
paṭinissaggānupassī viharati. tassa kāye ca dukkhāya ca vedanāya
aniccānupassino viharato, vayānupassino viharato, virāgānupassino
viharato, nirodhānupassino viharato, paṭinissaggānupassino viharato, yo
kāye ca dukkhāya ca vedanāya paṭighānusayo, so pahīyati.

As a monk is dwelling thus mindful & alert — heedful, ardent,
& resolute — a feeling of pleasure… a feeling of pain arises in
him. He discerns that ‘A feeling of pain has arisen in me. It is
dependent on a requisite condition, not independent. Dependent on what?
Dependent on this body. Now, this body is inconstant, fabricated,
dependently co-arisen. Being dependent on a body that is inconstant,
fabricated, & dependently co-arisen, how can this feeling of pain
that has arisen be constant?’ He remains focused on inconstancy with
regard to the body & to the feeling of pain. He remains focused on
dissolution… dispassion… cessation… relinquishment with regard to
the body & to the feeling of pain. As he remains focused on
inconstancy… dissolution… dispassion… cessation… relinquishment
with regard to the body & to the feeling of pain, he abandons any
resistance-obsession with regard to the body & the feeling of pain.

ā€œtassa ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā… yo kāye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca vedanāya avijjānusayo, so pahÄ«yati.

As he is dwelling thus mindful & alert — heedful, ardent,
& resolute — a feeling of neither-pleasure-nor-pain arises in him…
he abandons any ignorance-obsession with regard to the body & the
feeling of neither-pleasure-nor-pain.



For a more refined understanding of the expression
and what it may have meant at the time, it is interesting to study
related words. We may start by noting that the closest word in Sanskrit
is ātapya (ą¤†ą¤¤ą¤Ŗą„ą¤Æ), meaning ‘being in the sunshine’.

1) The first shade of meaning is best illustrated by the verb tapati, meaning ‘to shine’, as at SN 1.26: ‘divā tapati ādicco’ (the sun shines by day) or at SN 21.11: ’sannaddho khattiyo tapati’ (the khattiya shines clad in armor).

2) The second shade of meaning can be derived
from the first by noting that staying where the sun shines in a
tropical climate generally turns out to be a hot and unpleasant
experience, which may be how tapati comes to refer to the dukkhaĀ·vipāka that arises as a result of akusala kamma. Thus, at AN 10.141, the tenfold micchā·paį¹­ipadā is called ‘the teaching that causes torment’ (tapanÄ«yo dhammo). AN 2.3 provides more detail about the workings of these torments:



ā€œdveme, bhikkhave, dhammā tapanÄ«yā. katame dve? idha, bhikkhave,
ekaccassa kāyaduccaritaṃ kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti kāyasucaritaṃ;
vacīduccaritaṃ kataṃ hoti; akataṃ hoti vacīsucaritaṃ; manoduccaritaṃ
kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti manosucaritaṃ. so ā€˜kāyaduccaritaṃ me katan’ti tappati, ā€˜akataṃ me kāyasucaritan’ti tappati; ā€˜vacÄ«duccaritaṃ me katan’ti tappati, ā€˜akataṃ me vacÄ«sucaritan’ti tappati; ā€˜manoduccaritaṃ me katan’ti tappati, ā€˜akataṃ me manosucaritan’ti tappati. ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā tapanÄ«yÄā€ti.

Bhikkhus, these two things cause torment. Which two? Here,
bhikkhus, someone has performed bodily misconduct and has not performed
bodily good conduct; he has performed verbal misconduct and has not
performed verbal good conduct; he has performed mental misconduct and
has not performed mental good conduct. He is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have performed bodily misconduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have not performed bodily good conduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have performed verbal misconduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have not performed verbal good conduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have performed mental misconduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have not performed mental good conduct.’ These, bhikkhus, are two things that cause torment.



We also find various instances of words related to tapati, used to refer to dukkha·vipāka and the remorse the wrong-doer experiences:


SN 2.8


akataṃ dukkaṭaṃ seyyo, pacchā tapati dukkaṭaṃ.

Better left undone is a wrong deed, for a wrong deed later brings torment.




SN 2.22


na taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā anutappati.

An action which, once performed, brings torment is not well done.




Dhp 17


idha tappati pecca tappati,
pāpakārī ubhayattha tappati.
‘pāpaṃ me katan’ti tappati,
bhiyyo tappati duggatiṃ gato.

The evil-doer is tormented here and is tormented hereafter,
He is tormented in both [worlds].
He is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have done evil [things]’,
And he is tormented even more when gone to a bad destination [after death].



3) The third shade of meaning is also derived from
the first, as staying in the sunshine can also be a symbol for making an
effort, for example to earn one’s living:


AN 5.33


ā€œyo naṃ bharati sabbadā,
niccaṃ ātāpi ussuko.
sabbakāmaharaṃ posaṃ,
bhattāraṃ nātimaññati.

The one who always supports her
Constantly ardent and zealous
The man who brings what she desires,
Her husband she does not despise.



In another example, someone overcome by the three akusala·mūlas does not make an effort to correct the falsehood that is said to him:


AN 3.70


abhūtena vuccamāno ātappaṃ karoti tassa nibbeṭhanāya itipetaṃ atacchaṃ itipetaṃ abhūtanti.

When he is told things that are not factual, he makes an effort to correct it: ‘It is not true because of this, it is not factual because of this’.



4) The fourth connotation, stronger, is that of asceticism or austerities.


MN 12


iti evarūpaṃ anekavihitaṃ kāyassa ātāpana-paritāpan-ānuyogamanuyutto viharāmi. idaṃsu me, sāriputta, tapassitāya hoti.

Thus in such a variety of ways I dwelt pursuing the practice of tormenting and mortifying the body. Such was my asceticism.



Those austerities are depicted at MN 51:




ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto?
idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo acelako hoti muttācāro hatthāpalekhano
naehibhaddantiko natiṭṭhabhaddantiko; nābhihaṭaṃ na uddissakataṃ na
nimantanaṃ sādiyati; so na kumbhimukhā paį¹­iggaṇhāti na kaįø·opimukhā
paį¹­iggaṇhāti na eįø·akamantaraṃ na daį¹‡įøamantaraṃ na musalamantaraṃ na
dvinnaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ na gabbhiniyā na pāyamānāya na purisantaragatāya
na saį¹…kittÄ«su na yattha sā upaį¹­į¹­hito hoti na yattha makkhikā
saį¹‡įøasaį¹‡įøacārinÄ«; na macchaṃ na maṃsaṃ na suraṃ na merayaṃ na thusodakaṃ
pivati. so ekāgāriko vā hoti ekālopiko, dvāgāriko vā hoti dvālopiko…
sattāgāriko vā hoti sattālopiko; ekissāpi dattiyā yāpeti, dvīhipi
dattÄ«hi yāpeti… sattahipi dattÄ«hi yāpeti; ekāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti,
dvÄ«hikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti… sattāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti iti evarÅ«paṃ
aįøįøhamāsikaṃ pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. so
sākabhakkho vā hoti, sāmākabhakkho vā hoti, nīvārabhakkho vā hoti,
daddulabhakkho vā hoti, haį¹­abhakkho vā hoti, kaṇabhakkho vā hoti,
ācāmabhakkho vā hoti, piƱƱākabhakkho vā hoti, tiṇabhakkho vā hoti,
gomayabhakkho vā hoti; vanamūlaphalāhāro yāpeti pavattaphalabhojī. so
sāṇānipi dhāreti, masāṇānipi dhāreti, chavadussānipi dhāreti,
paṃsukūlānipi dhāreti, tirīṭānipi dhāreti, ajinampi dhāreti,
ajinakkhipampi dhāreti, kusacīrampi dhāreti, vākacīrampi dhāreti,
phalakacīrampi dhāreti, kesakambalampi dhāreti, vāḷakambalampi dhāreti,
ulūkapakkhampi dhāreti; kesamassulocakopi hoti,
kesamassulocanānuyogamanuyutto, ubbhaṭṭhakopi hoti āsanapaṭikkhitto,
ukkuį¹­ikopi hoti ukkuį¹­ikappadhānamanuyutto, kaṇṭakāpassayikopi hoti
kaṇṭakāpassaye seyyaṃ kappeti; sāyatatiyakampi
udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati iti evarūpaṃ anekavihitaṃ kāyassa ātāpanaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto.

And what, bhikkhus, is the person who torments himself and pursues the practice of mortifying
himself? Here, bhikkhus, a certain person goes naked, rejecting
conventions, licking his hands, not coming when asked, not stopping when
asked; he does not accept food brought or food specially made or an
invitation to a meal; he receives nothing from a pot, from a bowl,
across a threshold, across a stick, across a pestle, from two eating
together, from a pregnant woman, from a woman giving suck, from a woman
lying with a man, from where food was advertised to be distributed, from
where a dog was waiting, from where flies were buzzing; he accepts no
fish or meat, he drinks no liquor, wine or fermented brew. He keeps to
one house, to one morsel; he keeps to two houses, to two morsels;… he
keeps to seven houses, to seven morsels. He lives on one saucerful a
day, on two saucerfuls a day… on seven saucerfuls a day; he takes food
once a day, once every two days… once every seven days, and so on up
to once every fortnight; he dwels pursuing the practice of taking food
at stated intervals. He is an eater of greens or millet or wild rice or
hide-parings or moss or ricebran or rice-scum or sesamum flour or grass
or cowdung. He lives on forest roots and fruits, he feeds on fallen
fruits. He clothes himself in hemp, in hemp-mixed cloth, in shrouds, in
refuse rags, in tree bark, in antelope hide, in strips of antelope hide,
in kusa-grass fabric, in bark fabric, in wood-shavings fabric, in
head-hair wool, in animal wool, in owls’ wings. He is one who pulls out
hair and beard, pursuing the practice of pulling out hair and beard. He
is one who stands continuously, rejecting seats. He is one who squats
continuously, devoted to maintaining the squatting position. He is one
who uses a mattress of spikes; he makes a mattress of spikes his bed. He
dwells pursuing the practice of bathing in water three times daily
including the evening. Thus in such a variety of ways he dwells pursuing
the practice of tormenting and mortifying the body. This, bhikkhus, is what is called the person who torments himself and pursues the practice of mortifying himself.



Given on one hand this close proximity of the term ātāpī with the vocabulary of austerity and mortification and on the other the fact that the Buddha recommends being ātāpī (most prominently in the satipaṭṭhāna
formulas), and knowing he also rejected self-mortification, in order to
understand more precisely what he meant exactly by being ātāpī, it would appear useful to examine in greater details what his wider position was in regards to austerity.

First of all, it should be borne in mind that the
Buddha clearly rejects the pursuit of self-mortification in his first
recorded discourse, the DhammaĀ·cakkaĀ·ppavattana Sutta:


SN 56.11


ā€œdveme, bhikkhave, antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. katame dve? yo cāyaṃ
kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo
anatthasaṃhito, yo cāyaṃ attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṃhito.

These two extremes, bhikkhus, should not be adopted by one who has gone
forth from the home life. Which two? On one hand, the pursuit of
hedonism towards sensuality, which is inferior, vulgar, common, ignoble,
deprived of benefit, and on the other hand the pursuit of self-mortification, which is painful, ignoble and deprived of benefit.



But at AN 10.94,
the Buddha says he does not reject categorically both “all austerity”
and “all ascetics leading the rough life”, as it all depends on whether
their practice removes unwholesome states and brings about wholesome
ones, or not:



—
ā€œsaccaṃ kira, gahapati, samaṇo gotamo sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati, sabbaṃ tapassiṃ lÅ«khājÄ«viṃ ekaṃsena upakkosati upavadatÄ«ā€ti?

—
“Is it true, householder, that Gotama the contemplative criticizes all asceticism, that he categorically denounces & disparages all ascetics who live the rough life?”

—
ā€œna kho, bhante, bhagavā sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati napi sabbaṃ tapassiṃ lÅ«khājÄ«viṃ ekaṃsena upakkosati upavadati.

—
“No, venerable sirs, the Blessed One does not criticize all asceticism, nor does he categorically denounce or disparage all ascetics who live the rough life.

… [The Blessed One:]

nāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ tapaṃ tapitabbanti vadāmi; na ca panāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ tapaṃ na tapitabbanti
vadāmi; nāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ samādānaṃ samāditabbanti vadāmi; na
panāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ samādānaṃ na samāditabbanti vadāmi; nāhaṃ,
gahapati, sabbaṃ padhānaṃ padahitabbanti vadāmi; na panāhaṃ, gahapati,
sabbaṃ padhānaṃ na padahitabbanti vadāmi; nāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbo
paṭinissaggo paṭinissajjitabboti vadāmi. na panāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbo
paṭinissaggo na paṭinissajjitabboti vadāmi; nāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbā
vimutti vimuccitabbāti vadāmi; na panāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbā vimutti na
vimuccitabbāti vadāmi.

I don’t say that all asceticism is to be pursued, nor do I say that all asceticism is not to be pursued.
I don’t say that all observances should be observed, nor do I say that
all observances should not be observed. I don’t say that all exertions
are to be pursued, nor do I say that all exertions are not to be
pursued. I don’t say that all forfeiture should be forfeited, nor do I
say that all forfeiture should not be forfeited. I don’t say that all
release is to be used for release, nor do I say that all release is not
to be used for release.

ā€œyaƱhi, gahapati, tapaṃ tapato akusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarÅ«paṃ tapaṃ na tapitabbanti vadāmi. yaƱca khvassa gahapati, tapaṃ tapato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, evarÅ«paṃ tapaṃ tapitabbanti vadāmi.

“If, when an ascetic practice is pursued, unskillful qualities grow and skillful qualities wane, then I tell you that that sort of asceticism is not to be pursued. But if, when an ascetic practice is pursued, unskillful qualities wane and skillful qualities grow, then I tell you that that sort of asceticism is to be pursued.

ā€œyaƱhi, gahapati, samādānaṃ samādiyato… padhānaṃ padahato…
paį¹­inissaggaṃ paį¹­inissajjato… vimuttiṃ vimuccato akusalā dhammā
abhivaįøįøhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarÅ«pā vimutti na
vimuccitabbāti vadāmi. yañca khvassa, gahapati, vimuttiṃ vimuccato
akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, evarÅ«pā vimutti
vimuccitabbāti vadāmÄ«ā€ti.

“If, when an observance is observed… when an exertion is pursued… a
forfeiture is forfeited… a release is used for release, unskillful
qualities grow and skillful qualities wane, then I tell you that that
sort of release is not to be used for release. But if, when a release is
used for release, unskillful qualities wane and skillful qualities
grow, then I tell you that that sort of release is to be used for
release.”



But again, by contrast, at SN 42.12, while still not
rejecting categorically both “all austerity” and “all ascetics leading
the rough life”, the Buddha does seem to reject categorically the fact
of ‘attānaṃ ātāpeti paritāpeti’ (tormenting and torturing oneself), by presenting it as a reason good enough by itself to draw disapproval:

SN 42.12


ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rāsiyo gāmaṇi bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:

Having sat down to one side, Rasiya the headman said to the Blessed One:

—
ā€œsutaṃ metaṃ, bhante, ā€˜samaṇo gotamo sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati, sabbaṃ tapassiṃ
lÅ«khajÄ«viṃ ekaṃsena upavadati upakkosatī’ti . ye te, bhante,
evamāhaṃsu… kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino, na ca bhagavantaṃ
abhūtena abbhācikkhanti, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākaronti, na ca koci
sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṃ į¹­hānaṃ āgacchatÄ«ā€ti?

—
Bhante, I have heard: ‘The renunciate Gotama disapproves of all austerity, he categorically criticizes and blames all ascetics leading a rough life.’
Those who say this, Bhante… do they speak in line with what the
Blessed One has said, do they not misrepresent the Blessed One with what
is contrary to fact, do they answer in line with the Dhamma, so that no
one whose thinking is in line with the Dhamma would have grounds for
criticizing them?

—
ā€œye te, gāmaṇi, evamāhaṃsu… na me te vuttavādino, abbhācikkhanti ca pana maṃ te asatā tucchā abhÅ«tenaā€.

—
Those who say this, headman, do not speak in line with what I have said,
and they misrepresent me with what is false and contrary to fact.

ā€œtatra, gāmaṇi, yvāyaṃ tapassÄ« lÅ«khajÄ«vÄ« attānaṃ ātāpeti paritāpeti,
kusalañca dhammaṃ adhigacchati, uttari ca manussadhammā
alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikaroti. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, tapassÄ«
lūkhajīvī ekena ṭhānena gārayho, dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso. katamena ekena
ṭhānena gārayho? attānaṃ ātāpeti paritāpetīti, iminā ekena
ṭhānena gārayho. katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso? kusalañca dhammaṃ
adhigacchatīti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. uttari ca manussadhammā
alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarotÄ«ti, iminā dutiyena į¹­hānena
pāsaṃso.

Here, headman, regarding the ascetic leading a rough life who torments and tortures
himself, yet achieves a wholesome state and realizes a supra-human
state, an attainment in knowledge and vision that is suitable to the
noble ones, this ascetic leading a rough life, headman, may be
disapproved of on one ground and praised on two grounds. And what is the
one ground on which he may be disapproved of? He torments and tortures
himself: this is the one ground on which he may be disapproved of. And
what are the two grounds on which he may be praised? He achieves a
wholesome state: this is the first ground on which he may be praised. He
realizes a supra-human state, an attainment in knowledge and vision
that is suitable to the noble ones: this is the second ground on which
he may be praised.



Yet the exact same combination of verbs, ‘ātāpeti paritāpeti’ (meaning here to heat and burn),
is also used (although with a different connotation) at MN 101 in a
simile illustrating a recommended kind of unpleasant practice:


MN 101


ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ? idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva anaddhabhūtaṃ attānaṃ dukkhena addhabhāveti,
dhammikañca sukhaṃ na pariccajati, tasmiñca sukhe anadhimucchito hoti.
so evaṃ pajānāti: ā€˜imassa kho me dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato
saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo hoti, imassa pana me dukkhanidānassa
ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hotī’ti. so yassa hi khvāssa
dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo hoti,
saį¹…khāraṃ tattha padahati. yassa panassa dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato
upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti, upekkhaṃ tattha bhāveti. tassa tassa
dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo hoti.
evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti. tassa tassa dukkhanidānassa
ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti. evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ
nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti.

“And how is striving fruitful, how is exertion fruitful? There is the
case where a monk, when not loaded down, does not load himself down with
pain, nor does he reject pleasure that accords with the Dhamma,
although he is not fixated on that pleasure. He discerns that ‘When I
exert a [physical, verbal, or mental] fabrication against this cause of
stress, then from the fabrication of exertion there is dispassion. When I
look on with equanimity at that cause of stress, then from the
development of equanimity there is dispassion.’ So he exerts a
fabrication against the cause of stress where there comes dispassion
from the fabrication of exertion, and develops equanimity with regard to
the cause of stress where there comes dispassion from the development
of equanimity. Thus the stress coming from the cause of stress for which
there is dispassion through the fabrication of exertion is exhausted
& the stress resulting from the cause of stress for which there is
dispassion through the development of equanimity is exhausted.

ā€œseyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso itthiyā sāratto paį¹­ibaddhacitto
tibbacchando tibbāpekkho. so taṃ itthiṃ passeyya aññena purisena saddhiṃ
santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ. taṃ kiṃ maññatha,
bhikkhave, api nu tassa purisassa amuṃ itthiṃ disvā aññena purisena
saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ uppajjeyyuṃ
soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass-Å«pāyāsÄā€ti?

“Suppose that a man is in love with a woman, his mind ensnared with
fierce desire, fierce passion. He sees her standing with another man,
chatting, joking, & laughing. What do you think, monks: As he sees
her standing with another man, chatting, joking, & laughing, would
sorrow, lamentation, pain, distress, & despair arise in him?”

—
ā€œevaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“Yes, lord.

—
ā€œtaṃ kissa hetuā€?

—
Why is that?

—
ā€œamu hi, bhante, puriso amussā itthiyā sāratto paį¹­ibaddhacitto
tibbacchando tibbāpekkho… soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass-Å«pāyāsÄā€ti.

—
Because he is in love with her, his mind ensnared with fierce desire,
fierce passion… sorrow, lamentation, pain, distress, & despair
would arise in him.

—
ā€œatha kho, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa evamassa: ā€˜ahaṃ kho amussā itthiyā
sāratto paṭibaddhacitto tibbacchando tibbāpekkho. tassa me amuṃ itthiṃ
disvā aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ
saṃhasantiṃ uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā. yaṃnūnāhaṃ yo
me amussā itthiyā chandarāgo taṃ pajaheyyan’ti. so yo amussā itthiyā
chandarāgo taṃ pajaheyya. so taṃ itthiṃ passeyya aparena samayena aññena
purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ.
taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu tassa purisassa amuṃ itthiṃ disvā
aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ
saṃhasantiṃ uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassÅ«pāyāsÄā€ti?

—
“Now suppose the thought were to occur to him, ‘I am in love with this
woman, my mind ensnared with fierce desire, fierce passion. When I see
her standing with another man, chatting, joking, & laughing, then
sorrow, lamentation, pain, distress, & despair arise within me. Why
don’t I abandon my desire & passion for that woman?’ So he abandons
his desire & passion for that woman, and afterwards sees her
standing with another man, chatting, joking, & laughing. What do you
think, monks: As he sees her standing with another man, chatting,
joking, & laughing, would sorrow, lamentation, pain, distress, &
despair arise in him?”

—
ā€œno hetaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“No, lord.

—
ā€œtaṃ kissa hetuā€?

—
Why is that?

—
ā€œamu hi, bhante, puriso amussā itthiyā virāgo. tasmā taṃ itthiṃ disvā
aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ
saṃhasantiṃ na uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassÅ«pāyāsÄā€ti.

—
He is dispassionate toward that woman. As he sees her standing with
another man, chatting, joking, & laughing, sorrow, lamentation,
pain, distress, & despair would not arise in him.

—
ā€œevameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva anaddhabhÅ«taṃ attānaṃ dukkhena
addhabhāveti, dhammikañca sukhaṃ na pariccajati, tasmiñca sukhe
anadhimucchito hoti. so evaṃ pajānāti: ā€˜imassa kho me dukkhanidānassa
saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo hoti, imassa pana me
dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hotī’ti. so
yassa hi khvāssa dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā
virāgo hoti, saį¹…khāraṃ tattha padahati; yassa panassa dukkhanidānassa
ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti, upekkhaṃ tattha bhāveti.
tassa tassa dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo
hoti: evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti. tassa tassa dukkhanidānassa
ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti: evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ
nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti. evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ
padhānaṃ.

—
“In the same way, the monk, when not loaded down, does not load himself
down with pain, nor does he reject pleasure that accords with the
Dhamma, although he is not infatuated with that pleasure. He discerns
that ‘When I exert a [physical, verbal, or mental] fabrication against
this cause of stress, then from the fabrication of exertion there is
dispassion. When I look on with equanimity at that cause of stress, then
from the development of equanimity there is dispassion.’ So he exerts a
fabrication against the cause of stress where there comes dispassion
from the fabrication of exertion, and develops equanimity with regard to
the cause of stress where there comes dispassion from the development
of equanimity. Thus the stress coming from the cause of stress for which
there is dispassion through the fabrication of exertion is exhausted
& the stress resulting from the cause of stress for which there is
dispassion through the development of equanimity is exhausted. This,
bhikkhus, is how striving is fruitful, how exertion is fruitful.

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜yathāsukhaṃ kho
me viharato akusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti;
dukkhāya pana me attānaṃ padahato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā
dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti. yaṃnÅ«nāhaṃ dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyyan’ti. so
dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. tassa dukkhāya attānaṃ padahato akusalā
dhammā parihāyanti kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti. so na aparena samayena
dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. taṃ kissa hetu? yassa hi so, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu atthāya dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyya svāssa attho abhinipphanno
hoti. tasmā na aparena samayena dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati.

“Furthermore, the monk notices this: ‘When I live according to my
pleasure, unskillful mental qualities increase in me & skillful
qualities decline. When I exert myself with stress & pain, though,
unskillful qualities decline in me & skillful qualities increase.
Why don’t I exert myself with stress & pain?’ So he exerts himself
with stress & pain, and while he is exerting himself with stress
& pain, unskillful qualities decline in him, & skillful
qualities increase. Then at a later time he would no longer exert
himself with stress & pain. Why is that? Because he has attained the
goal for which he was exerting himself with stress & pain. That is
why, at a later time, he would no longer exert himself with stress &
pain.

seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. yato kho, bhikkhave, usukārassa tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpitaṃ hoti paritāpitaṃ ujuṃ kataṃ kammaniyaṃ, na so taṃ aparena samayena usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. taṃ kissa hetu? yassa hi so, bhikkhave, atthāya usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeyya paritāpeyya ujuṃ kareyya kammaniyaṃ svāssa attho abhinipphanno hoti. tasmā na aparena samayena usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ.

“Suppose a fletcher were to heat & warm an arrow shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable. Then at a later time he would no longer heat & warm the shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable. Why is that? Because he has attained the goal for which he was heating & warming the shaft. That is why at a later time he would no longer heat & warm the shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable.

evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜yathāsukhaṃ kho me
viharato akusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti; dukkhāya pana me attānaṃ padahato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti. yaṃnÅ«nāhaṃ dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyyan’ti. so dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. tassa dukkhāya attānaṃ padahato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti. so na aparena samayena dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. taṃ kissa hetu? yassa hi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthāya dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyya svāssa attho abhinipphanno hoti. tasmā na aparena samayena dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ.

“In the same way, the monk notices this: ‘When I live according to my
pleasure, unskillful mental qualities increase in me & skillful
qualities decline. When I exert myself with stress & pain, though, unskillful qualities decline in me & skillful qualities increase. Why don’t I exert myself with stress & pain?’ So he exerts himself with stress & pain, and while he is exerting himself with stress & pain, unskillful qualities decline in him, & skillful qualities increase. Then at a later time he would no longer exert himself with stress & pain. Why is that? Because he has attained the goal for which he was exerting himself with stress & pain. That is why, at a later time, he would no longer exert himself with stress & pain. This is how striving is fruitful, how exertion is fruitful.



Examples of some inherently unpleasant practices are mentioned elsewhere:


AN 4.163


ā€œkatamā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhā paį¹­ipadā dandhābhiƱƱā? idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī,
sabbaloke anabhiratisaƱƱī, sabbasaį¹…khāresu aniccānupassÄ«; maraṇasaƱƱā
kho panassa ajjhattaṃ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti.

“And which is painful practice … ? There is the case where a
monk remains focused on unattractiveness with regard to the body,
percipient of loathsomeness with regard to food, percipient of
non-delight with regard to the entire world, (and) focused on
inconstancy with regard to all fabrications. The perception of death is
well established within him.



A reason why some practices may become unpleasant is also mentioned at AN 4.162:



ā€œkatamā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhā paį¹­ipadā … ? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco pakatiyāpi tibbarāgajātiko hoti, abhikkhaṇaṃ rāgajaṃ dukkhaṃ
domanassaṃ paį¹­isaṃvedeti. pakatiyāpi tibbadosajātiko hoti, abhikkhaṇaṃ
dosajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. pakatiyāpi tibbamohajātiko
hoti, abhikkhaṇaṃ mohajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paį¹­isaṃvedeti.

“And which is painful practice … ? There is the case where a
certain individual is normally of an intensely passionate nature. He
perpetually experiences pain & distress born of passion. Or he is
normally of an intensely aversive nature. He perpetually experiences
pain & distress born of aversion. Or he is normally of an intensely
deluded nature. He perpetually experiences pain & distress born of
delusion.



The Buddha also goes so far as to accept the appellation ‘one who tortures [himself]’ (tapassÄ«), saying that what he has tortured were actually akusala dhammas:


AN 8.12


ā€œkatamo ca, sÄ«ha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ā€˜tapassÄ« samaṇo gotamo, tapassitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? tapanÄ«yāhaṃ, sÄ«ha, pāpake akusale dhamme vadāmi kāyaduccaritaṃ vacÄ«duccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ. yassa kho, sÄ«ha, tapanÄ«yā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahÄ«nā ucchinnamÅ«lā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṃ ā€˜tapassī’ti vadāmi. tathāgatassa kho, sÄ«ha, tapanÄ«yā
pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā
āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. ayaṃ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena
sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ā€˜tapassÄ« samaṇo gotamo, tapassitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetÄ«ā€™ā€ti.

And what, Siha, is the line of reasoning by which one speaking rightly could say of me: ‘The renunciate Gotama is one who tortures, he professes a teaching of torture and instructs his disciples accordingly’? I say, Siha, that bad, unwholesome states, bodily misconduct, verbal misconduct and mental misconduct are to be tortured. I say that one who has abandoned the bad, unwholesome states that are to be tortured,
cut them off at their root, made them like a palmyra stump, annihilated
them, so that they are unable to arise again in the future, is one who tortures himself. The Tathagata has abandoned the bad, unwholesome states that are to be tortured,
cut them off at their root, made them like a palmyra stump, annihilated
them, so that they are unable to arise again in the future. This is the
line of reasoning by which one speaking rightly could say of me: ‘The renunciate Gotama is one who tortures himself, he professes a teaching of torture and instructs his disciples accordingly’.



So we may try to conclude here that what the Buddha
rejected was the performance of unpleasant practices that would not help
removing unwholesome states and developing wholesome ones (AN 10.94),
or even if they do have that effect, the performance of unpleasant
practices for themselves, as a way of ‘rough life’ (lÅ«khajÄ«vita, SN
42.12). But even the right type of asceticism has to be undertaken in a
balanced way, to avoid having it ending up developing unwholesome
states:


AN 6.55


—
ā€œnanu te, soṇa, rahogatassa paį¹­isallÄ«nassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko
udapādi: ā€˜ye kho keci bhagavato sāvakā āraddhavÄ«riyā viharanti, ahaṃ
tesaṃ aññataro. atha ca pana me na anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccati,
saṃvijjanti kho pana me kule bhogā, sakkā bhogā ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca
kātuṃ. yaṃnūnāhaṃ sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjeyyaṃ
puƱƱāni ca kareyyanā€™ā€ti?

—
“Just now, as you were meditating in seclusion, didn’t this train of
thought appear to your awareness: ‘Of the Blessed One’s disciples who
have aroused their persistence, I am one, but my mind is not released
from the fermentations through lack of clinging/sustenance. Now, my
family has enough wealth that it would be possible to enjoy wealth &
make merit. What if I were to disavow the training, return to the lower
life, enjoy wealth, & make merit?’”

—
ā€œevaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“Yes, lord.”

—
ā€œtaṃ kiṃ maƱƱasi, soṇa, kusalo tvaṃ pubbe agāriyabhÅ«to vīṇāya tantissareā€ti?

—
“Now what do you think, Sona. Before, when you were a house-dweller, were you skilled at playing the vina?”

—
ā€œevaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“Yes, lord.”

—
ā€œtaṃ kiṃ maƱƱasi, soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo accāyatā honti, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatÄ« vā hoti kammaƱƱā vÄā€ti?

—
“And what do you think: when the strings of your vina were too taut, was your vina in tune & playable?”

—
ā€œno hetaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“No, lord.”

—
ā€œtaṃ kiṃ maƱƱasi, soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo atisithilā honti, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatÄ« vā hoti kammaƱƱā vÄā€ti?

—
“And what do you think: when the strings of your vina were too loose, was your vina in tune & playable?”

—
ā€œno hetaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“No, lord.”

—
ā€œyadā pana te, soṇa, vīṇāya tantiyo na accāyatā honti nātisithilā same
guṇe patiį¹­į¹­hitā, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatÄ« vā hoti kammaƱƱā
vÄā€ti?

—
“And what do you think: when the strings of your vina were neither too
taut nor too loose, but tuned to be right on pitch, was your vina in
tune & playable?”

—
ā€œevaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“Yes, lord.”

—
ā€œevamevaṃ kho, soṇa, accāraddhavÄ«riyaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvattati,
atisithilavÄ«riyaṃ kosajjāya saṃvattati. tasmātiha tvaṃ, soṇa,
vīriyasamathaṃ adhiṭṭhahaṃ, indriyānañca samataṃ paṭivijjha, tattha ca
nimittaṃ gaṇhāhÄ«ā€ti.

—
“In the same way, Sona, over-aroused persistence leads to restlessness,
overly slack persistence leads to laziness. Thus you should determine
the right pitch for your persistence, attune the pitch of the [five]
faculties [to that], and there pick up your theme.”



It may also be important to note that being ātāpī does not necessarily refer to unpleasant practice, since it can constitute the basis to enter the jhānas:


SN 48.40


idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa
viharato uppajjati dukkhindriyaṃ. so evaṃ pajānāti: ā€˜uppannaṃ kho me
idaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ, taƱca kho sanimittaṃ sanidānaṃ sasaį¹…khāraṃ
sappaccayaṃ. taƱca animittaṃ anidānaṃ asaį¹…khāraṃ appaccayaṃ
dukkhindriyaṃ uppajjissatÄ«ti: netaṃ į¹­hānaṃ vijjati’. so dukkhindriyaƱca
pajānāti, dukkhindriyasamudayaƱca pajānāti, dukkhindriyanirodhaƱca
pajānāti, yattha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati tañca
pajānāti. kattha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati? idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi
savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharati: ettha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati. ayaṃ
vuccati, bhikkhave, ā€˜bhikkhu aƱƱāsi dukkhindriyassa nirodhaṃ, tadatthāya
cittaṃ upasaṃharatiā€™ā€.

Here, bhikkhus, while a bhikkhu is remaining heedful, ardent and striving, the pain faculty arises. He understands thus: ‘The
pain faculty has arisen in me; it possesses a feature, a cause, a
construction, a condition. It is impossible that the pain faculty would
arise without a feature, a cause, a construction, a condition’
. He
understands the pain faculty, he understands its origin, he understands
its cessation, and he understands where the arisen pain faculty ceases
completely. And where does the pain faculty cease completely? Here,
bhikkhous, a bhikkhu, detached from sensuality, detached from
unwholesome states, having entered in the first jhāna, remains therein,
with thoughts, with thought processes, exaltation and well-being
engendered by detachment: here the arisen pain faculty ceases
completely. This is called, bhikkhus, ‘a bhikkhu who knows the cessation of the pain faculty, and who directs his mind to that end.’



The same is then repeated about domanass·indriya, sukh·indriya, somanass·indriya, and upekkh·indriya, respectively about the second, third, fourth jhānas and saññā·vedayita·nirodha. At MN 19, the same expression appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato (remaining heedful, ardent and striving) is similarly used to describe the state in which the Buddha was when he reached the three vijjās just before his awakening.



Bodhi leaf


attā: self, ego, soul, personality, individuality. This term actually designates an illusion, since all phenomena are anattā.



Bodhi leaf


attavādupādāna: [attā+vāda+upādāna] clinging to the belief in self. Such beliefs are explained in the Brahmajāla Sutta (DN 1),
in which 53 out of the 62 views examined relate to the belief in self
(views n°9 to 16 are not included). It also constitutes one of the four
items that come in the stock definition of upādāna.

This attachment is compared to a leash:


SN 22.99


ā€œseyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sā gaddulabaddho daįø·he khÄ«le vā thambhe vā
upanibaddho tameva khīlaṃ vā thambhaṃ vā anuparidhāvati anuparivattati;
evameva kho, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī
ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto, sappurisānaṃ adassāvī
sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpaṃ attato
samanupassati rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā rūpaṃ rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ;
vedanaṃ attato samanupassati… saƱƱaṃ attato samanupassati… saį¹…khāre
attato samanupassati… viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati viññāṇavantaṃ vā
attānaṃ attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ.

Just as a dog, tied by a leash to a post or stake, keeps running around
and circling around that very post or stake; in the same way, an
uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person — who has no regard for noble ones,
is not well-versed or disciplined in their Dhamma; who has no regard
for people of integrity, is not well-versed or disciplined in their
Dhamma — assumes form to be the self, or the self as possessing form, or
form as in the self, or the self as in form. He assumes feeling to be
the self… He assumes perception to be the self… He assumes (mental)
fabrications to be the self… He assumes consciousness to be the self,
or the self as possessing consciousness, or consciousness as in the
self, or the self as in consciousness.

so rÅ«paƱƱeva anuparidhāvati anuparivattati, vedanaƱƱeva …
saƱƱaƱƱeva… saį¹…khāreyeva… viññāṇaƱƱeva anuparidhāvati
anuparivattati. so rÅ«paṃ anuparidhāvaṃ anuparivattaṃ, vedanaṃ …
saƱƱaṃ… saį¹…khāre… viññāṇaṃ anuparidhāvaṃ anuparivattaṃ, na
parimuccati rÅ«pamhā… vedanāya… saƱƱāya… saį¹…khārehi… viññāṇamhā,
na parimuccati jātiyā jarāmaraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi
domanassehi upāyāsehi. ā€˜na parimuccati dukkhasmā’ti vadāmiā€.

He keeps running around and circling around that very form… that very
feeling… that very perception… those very fabrications… that very
consciousness. He is not set loose from form, not set loose from
feeling… from perception… from fabrications… not set loose from
consciousness. He is not set loose from birth, aging, & death; from
sorrows, lamentations, pains, distresses, & despairs. He is not set
loose, I tell you, from suffering & stress.



This delusion is described as being the source of the mistake that brings about the idea of an existing self:


SN 22.47


ā€œye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṃ attānaṃ
samanupassamānā samanupassanti, sabbete paƱcupādānakkhandhe
samanupassanti, etesaṃ vā aññataraṃ. katame pañca? idha, bhikkhave,
assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme
avinīto, sappurisānaṃ adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido
sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, rūpavantaṃ vā
attānaṃ; attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. vedanaṃ. saññaṃ.
saį¹…khāre. viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati, viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ;
attani vā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaį¹ƒā€.

Monks, whatever contemplatives or brahmans who assume in various ways
when assuming a self, all assume the five clinging-aggregates, or a
certain one of them. Which five? There is the case where an
uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person — who has no regard for noble ones,
is not well-versed or disciplined in their Dhamma; who has no regard
for men of integrity, is not well-versed or disciplined in their Dhamma —
assumes form to be the self, or the self as possessing form, or form as
in the self, or the self as in form. He assumes feeling to be the
self… He assumes perception to be the self… He assumes (mental)
fabrications to be the self… He assumes consciousness to be the self,
or the self as possessing consciousness, or consciousness as in the
self, or the self as in consciousness.

ā€œiti ayaƱceva samanupassanā ā€˜asmī’ti cassa avigataṃ hoti. ā€˜asmī’ti kho
pana, bhikkhave, avigate pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ avakkanti hoti:
cakkhundriyassa sotindriyassa ghānindriyassa jivhindriyassa
kāyindriyassa.

Thus, both this assumption & the understanding, ‘I am,’ occur to
him. And so it is with reference to the understanding ‘I am’ that there
is the appearance of the five faculties — eye, ear, nose, tongue, &
body (the senses of vision, hearing, smell, taste, & touch).

atthi, bhikkhave, mano, atthi dhammā, atthi avijjādhātu.
avijjāsamphassajena, bhikkhave, vedayitena phuṭṭhassa assutavato
puthujjanassa ā€˜asmī’tipissa hoti; ā€˜ayamahamasmī’tipissa hoti;
ā€˜bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜na bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜rÅ«pÄ«
bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜arÅ«pÄ« bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜saƱƱī
bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜asaƱƱī bhavissan’tipissa hoti;
ā€˜nevasaƱƱīnāsaƱƱī bhavissan’tipissa hotiā€.

Now, there is the intellect, there are ideas (mental qualities), there
is the property of ignorance. To an uninstructed run-of-the-mill person,
touched by experience born of the contact of ignorance, there occur
(the thoughts): ‘I am,’ ‘I am thus,’ ‘I shall be,’ ‘I shall not be,’ ‘I
shall be possessed of form,’ ‘I shall be formless,’ ‘I shall be
percipient (conscious),’ ‘I shall be non-percipient,’ or ‘I shall be
neither percipient nor non-percipient.’



The exact same description occurs also at MN 109 in a definition of sakkāya·diṭṭhi.

At SN 22.44, the same description is again given to explain the expression ’sakkāyaĀ·samudayaĀ·gāminÄ« paį¹­ipada’ (the path leading to the arising of self-identification), and it is also equated to ‘dukkhaĀ·samudayaĀ·gāminÄ« samanupassanā’ (a way of seeing things that leads to the arising of dukkha).

Sometimes, the stock expression ‘rÅ«paṃ attato
samanupassati rÅ«pavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā rÅ«paṃ rÅ«pasmiṃ vā attānaṃ’
(he assumes form to be the self, or the self as possessing form, or
form as in the self, or the self as in form)
is replaced by ‘rÅ«paṃ
ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati’ (he regards Form
as ‘This is mine. This is my self. This is what I am’)
. Here in the context of an explanation about upādāna:


SN 22.8


kathaƱca, bhikkhave, upādāparitassanā hoti? idha, bhikkhave, assutavā
puthujjano rÅ«paṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati.
tassa taṃ rÅ«paṃ vipariṇamati aƱƱathā hoti. tassa
rÅ«pavipariṇāmaƱƱathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā.
vedanaṃ… saƱƱaṃ… saį¹…khāre… viññāṇaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso
me attā’’ti samanupassati. tassa taṃ viññāṇaṃ vipariṇamati aƱƱathā hoti.
tassa viññāṇavipariṇāmaƱƱathābhāvā uppajjanti
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, upādāparitassanā
hoti.

And how, bhikkhus, is there agitation through clinging? Here, bhikkhus, an uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person regards Form as ‘This is mine. This is my self. This is what I am’
His form changes & alters, and he falls into sorrow, lamentation,
pain, distress, & despair over its change & alteration. He
regards Feeling… Perception… Fabrications… Consciousness as ‘This is mine. This is my self. This is what I am’
His consciousness changes & alters, and he falls into sorrow,
lamentation, pain, distress, & despair over its change &
alteration. Thus, bhikkhus, there is agitation through clinging.



As we can also see here, attaĀ·vādĀ·upādāna has for consequence ‘agitation through clinging’ (upādāparitassanā).

The formula ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti is also used to explain another way the expression ’sakkāyaĀ·samudayaĀ·gāminÄ« paį¹­ipada’ (the path leading to the arising of self-identification), and is applied to the six senses, their objects, their corresponding viññāṇa, their respective contacts, and the vedanā that arises subsquently:


MN 148


ā€œayaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, sakkāyasamudayagāminÄ« paį¹­ipadā: cakkhuṃ ā€˜etaṃ
mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; rÅ«pe ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; cakkhuviññāṇaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; cakkhusamphassaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; vedanaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; taṇhaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; sotaṃ… ghānaṃ… jivhaṃ…
kāyaṃ… manaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati,
dhamme… samanupassati, manoviññāṇaṃ… samanupassati,
manosamphassaṃ… samanupassati, vedanaṃ… samanupassati, taṇhaṃ ā€˜etaṃ
mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati.

“This, monks, is the path of practice leading to self-identification.
One assumes about the eye that ‘This is me, this is my self, this is
what I am.’ One assumes about forms… One assumes about consciousness
at the eye… One assumes about contact at the eye… One assumes about
feeling… One assumes about craving that ‘This is me, this is my self,
this is what I am.’ One assumes about the ear… the nose… the
tongue… the body… the intellect that ‘This is me, this is my self,
this is what I am.’ One assumes about ideas… One assumes about
consciousness at the intellect… One assumes about contact at the
intellect… One assumes about feeling… One assumes about craving that
‘This is me, this is my self, this is what I am.’



The Alagaddūpama Sutta provides a slightly different formulation of how atta·vād·upādāna comes to be:


MN 22


ā€œchayimāni, bhikkhave, diį¹­į¹­hiį¹­į¹­hānāni. katamāni cha? idha, bhikkhave,
assutavā puthujjano… rÅ«paṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti
samanupassati; vedanaṃ… saƱƱaṃ… saį¹…khāre… yampi taṃ diį¹­į¹­haṃ sutaṃ
mutaṃ viƱƱātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ, anuvicaritaṃ manasā tampi ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati; yampi taṃ diį¹­į¹­hiį¹­į¹­hānaṃ, so
loko so attā, so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo,
sassatisamaṃ tatheva į¹­hassāmÄ«ti, tampi ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me
attā’ti samanupassati.

Monks, there are these six view-positions. Which six? There is the case
where an uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person… assumes about form:
‘This is me, this is my self, this is what I am.’ He assumes about
feeling… perception… fabrications… about what seen, heard, sensed,
cognized, attained, sought after, pondered by the intellect: ‘This is
me, this is my self, this is what I am.’ He assumes about the
view-position — ‘This cosmos is the self. After death this I will be
constant, permanent, eternal, not subject to change. I will stay just
like that for an eternity’: ‘This is me, this is my self, this is what I
am.’



The way to abandon atta·vād·upādāna is by seeing anatta in the five khandhas:


MN 8


ā€œyā imā, cunda, anekavihitā diį¹­į¹­hiyo loke uppajjanti
attavādapaṭisaṃyuttā vā lokavādapaṭisaṃyuttā vā yattha cetā diṭṭhiyo
uppajjanti yattha ca anusenti yattha ca samudācaranti taṃ ā€˜netaṃ mama,
nesohamasmi, na me so attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhÅ«taṃ sammappaƱƱā passato
evametāsaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ pahānaṃ hoti, evametāsaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ paṭinissaggo
hoti.

“Cunda, as to those several views that arise in the world concerning
self-doctrines and world-doctrines, if [the object] in which these views
arise, in which they underlie and become active, is seen with right
wisdom as it actually is, thus: ‘This is not mine, this I am not, this
is not my self’ — then the abandoning of these views, their discarding,
takes place in him [who thus sees].





Bodhi leaf


avihiṃsā: [a+vihiṃsā] harmlessness, nonviolence, inoffensiveness.

There is no direct definition of the term in the
suttas. It seems to have been a well-known concept at the time that did
not require much explanation. It can be seen as a principle underlying sammā·vācā, sammā·kammanta and sammā·ājīva.

Avihiṃsā appears most prominently in avihiṃsā·saį¹…kappa, one of the three constituents of sammā·saį¹…kappa, which are also termed kusalā saį¹…kappā at MN 78. Alternatively, it also appears in the compound avihiṃsā·vitakka, which seems to be a synonym for avihiṃsā·saį¹…kappa. See also this blog article, arguing that, since avihiṃsā is set apart from aĀ·byāpāda
in those two lists, the word probably refers more specifically to
instances where one harms others without ill-will or malevolence.

In several suttas (e.g. MN 114, AN 5.200) two of the three dhammas listed in sammā·saį¹…kappa appear in the same order, and avihiṃsā is replaced as the third by avihesā (non-harming). Another synonym is ahimsā (inoffensiveness):


AN 3.45


sabbhi dānaṃ upaññattaṃ, ahiṃsā saṃyamo damo.

The virtuous prescribe giving, inoffensiveness, self-control, and self-taming.




SN 10.4


ā€œyassa sabbamahorattaṃ, ahiṃsāya rato mano mettaṃ so sabbabhÅ«tesu, veraṃ tassa na kenacÄ«ā€ti.

One whose mind takes delight in inoffensiveness all day and night, who has loving-kindness for all beings, has enmity towards none.



Inoffensiveness (ahiṃsā) is also nobility:


Dhp 270


na tena ariyo hoti, yena pāṇāni hiṃsati. ahiṃsā sabbapāṇānaṃ, ā€œariyoā€ti pavuccati.

One who injures living beings is ignoble. One who is inoffensive towards all living beings is said to be a noble one.



In the DhātuĀ·vibhaį¹…ga of the Abhidhamma, karuṇa is said to be inherent to avihiṃsā·dhātu: ‘yā sattesu karuṇā karuṇāyanā karuṇāyitattaṃ karuṇācetovimutti, ayaṃ vuccati ā€œavihiṃsādhātuā€’. This statement finds an echo in various parts of the Sutta Piį¹­aka, as for example in the Dhammapada:




129. sabbe tasanti daį¹‡įøassa, sabbe bhāyanti maccuno.
attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā, na haneyya na ghātaye.

129. All tremble at the rod, all are fearful of death.
Drawing the parallel to yourself, neither kill nor get others to kill.

130. sabbe tasanti daį¹‡įøassa, sabbesaṃ jÄ«vitaṃ piyaṃ.
attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā, na haneyya na ghātaye.

130. All tremble at the rod, all hold their life dear.
Drawing the parallel to yourself, neither kill nor get others to kill.



At AN 2.168, avihiṃsā is juxtaposed with soceyya (purity/purification). At Sn 294, the word is juxtaposed with maddava (mildness), soracca (gentleness) and khanti (forbearance). The first two find echo in expressions such as that defining pharusaĀ·vāca veramaṇī (abstinence from harsh speech):


AN 10.176


yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanÄ«yā hadayaį¹…gamā porÄ« bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā, tathārÅ«piṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti.

He speaks words that are soothing to the ear, that are affectionate,
that go to the heart, that are polite, appealing & pleasing to
people at large.



Khanti (forbearance) is the word that is most often juxtaposed to avihiṃsā, a connection that is exemplified in many places, such as in the simile of the saw:


MN 21


ā€œubhatodaį¹‡įøakena cepi, bhikkhave, kakacena corā ocarakā aį¹…gamaį¹…gāni
okanteyyuṃ, tatrāpi yo mano padūseyya, na me so tena sāsanakaro. tatrāpi
vo, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: ā€˜na ceva no cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ
bhavissati, na ca pāpikaṃ vācaṃ nicchāressāma, hitānukampī ca
viharissāma mettacittā na dosantarā. tañca puggalaṃ mettāsahagatena
cetasā pharitvā viharissāma tadārammaṇaƱca sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ
mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena
abyābajjhena pharitvā viharissāmā’ti. evaƱhi vo, bhikkhave,
sikkhitabbaṃ.

“Monks, even if bandits were to carve you up savagely, limb by limb,
with a two-handled saw, he among you who let his heart get angered even
at that would not be doing my bidding. Even then you should train
yourselves: ‘Our minds will be unaffected and we will say no evil words.
We will remain sympathetic, with a mind of good will, and with no inner
hate. We will keep pervading these people with an awareness imbued with
good will and, beginning with them, we will keep pervading the entire
world with an awareness imbued with good will — abundant, expansive,
immeasurable, free from hostility, free from ill will.’ That’s how you
should train yourselves.

ā€œimaƱca tumhe, bhikkhave, kakacÅ«pamaṃ ovādaṃ abhikkhaṇaṃ manasi
kareyyātha. passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, taṃ vacanapathaṃ, aṇuṃ vā
thÅ«laṃ vā, yaṃ tumhe nādhivāseyyāthÄā€ti?

“Monks, if you attend constantly to this admonition on the simile of the
saw, do you see any aspects of speech, slight or gross, that you could
not endure?”

—
ā€œno hetaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“No, lord.”



Another striking example is given at SN 35.88:



—
ā€œsace pana puṇṇa, sunāparantakā manussā daį¹‡įøena pahāraṃ dassanti, tatra pana te, puṇṇa, kinti bhavissatÄ«ā€ti?

—
“But if they hit you with a stick…?”

—
ā€œsace me, bhante, sunāparantakā manussā daį¹‡įøena pahāraṃ dassanti, tatra
me evaṃ bhavissati: ā€˜bhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, subhaddakā
vatime sunāparantakā manussā, yaṃ me nayime satthena pahāraṃ dentī’ti.
evamettha, bhagavā, bhavissati; evamettha, sugata, bhavissatÄ«ā€ti.

—
“…I will think, ‘These Sunaparanta people are civilized, very civilized, in that they don’t hit me with a knife’…”

—
ā€œsace pana te, puṇṇa, sunāparantakā manussā satthena pahāraṃ dassanti, tatra pana te, puṇṇa, kinti bhavissatÄ«ā€ti?

—
“But if they hit you with a knife…?”

—
ā€œsace me, bhante, sunāparantakā manussā satthena pahāraṃ dassanti, tatra
me evaṃ bhavissati: ā€˜bhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, subhaddakā
vatime sunāparantakā manussā, yaṃ maṃ nayime tiṇhena satthena jÄ«vitā
voropentī’ti. evamettha, bhagavā, bhavissati; evamettha, sugata,
bhavissatÄ«ā€ti.

—
“…I will think, ‘These Sunaparanta people are civilized, very
civilized, in that they don’t take my life with a sharp knife’…”

—
ā€œsace pana taṃ, puṇṇa, sunāparantakā manussā tiṇhena satthena jÄ«vitā voropessanti, tatra pana te, puṇṇa, kinti bhavissatÄ«ā€ti?

—
“But if they take your life with a sharp knife…?”

—
ā€œsace maṃ, bhante, sunāparantakā manussā tiṇhena satthena jÄ«vitā
voropessanti, tatra me evaṃ bhavissati: ā€˜santi kho tassa bhagavato
sāvakā kāyena ca jīvitena ca aṭṭīyamānā harāyamānā jigucchamānā
satthahārakaṃ pariyesanti, taṃ me idaṃ apariyiṭṭhaññeva satthahārakaṃ
laddhan’ti. evamettha, bhagavā, bhavissati; evamettha, sugata,
bhavissatÄ«ā€ti.

—
“If they take my life with a sharp knife, I will think, ‘There are
disciples of the Blessed One who — horrified, humiliated, and disgusted
by the body and by life — have sought for an assassin, but here I have
met my assassin without searching for him.’ That is what I will think, O
Blessed One. That is what I will think, O One Well-gone.”

—
ā€œsādhu sādhu, puṇṇa! sakkhissasi kho tvaṃ, puṇṇa, iminā damÅ«pasamena
samannāgato sunāparantasmiṃ janapade vatthuṃ. yassa dāni tvaṃ, puṇṇa,
kālaṃ maƱƱasÄ«ā€ti.

—
“Good, Punna, very good. Possessing such calm and self-control you are
fit to dwell among the Sunaparantans. Now it is time to do as you see
fit.”



SN 47.19 also juxtaposes metta·cittatā (having a mind of good will) and anudayatā (sympathy) to avihiṃsā:


SN 47.19


kathañca, bhikkhave, paraṃ rakkhanto attānaṃ rakkhati? khantiyā, avihiṃsāya, mettacittatāya, anudayatāya. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, paraṃ rakkhanto attānaṃ rakkhati.

“And how do you watch after yourself when watching after others? Through endurance, through harmlessness, through a mind of goodwill, & through sympathy. This is how you watch after yourself when watching after others.



SN 14.12 explains how avihiṃsā originates and leads to wholesome action:


SN 14.12


ā€œavihiṃsādhātuṃ, bhikkhave, paį¹­icca uppajjati avihiṃsāsaƱƱā,
avihiṃsāsaƱƱaṃ paį¹­icca uppajjati avihiṃsāsaį¹…kappo, avihiṃsāsaį¹…kappaṃ
paṭicca uppajjati avihiṃsāchando, avihiṃsāchandaṃ paṭicca uppajjati
avihiṃsāpariḷāho, avihiṃsāpariḷāhaṃ paṭicca uppajjati
avihiṃsāpariyesanā; avihiṃsāpariyesanaṃ, bhikkhave, pariyesamāno sutavā
ariyasāvako tīhi ṭhānehi sammā paṭipajjati kāyena, vācāya, manasā.

On account of the harmlessness element there arises the perception of
harmlessness; on account of the perception of harmlessness there arises
an aspiration to harmlessness; on account of the aspiration to
harmlessness there arises a desire for harmlessness; on account of the
desire for harmlessness there arises a passion for harmlessness; on
account of the passion for harmlessness there arises a quest for
harmlessness. Engaged in the quest for harmlessness, an instructed noble
disciple acts rightly in three ways: by body, speech, and mind.



Practicing harmlessness is behaving like a bee in a flower:


Dhp 49


yathāpi bhamaro pupphaṃ, vaṇṇagandhamaheį¹­hayaṃ, paleti rasamādāya, evaṃ gāme munÄ« care.

As a bee gathers honey from the flower without injuring its color or
fragrance, even so the sage goes on his alms-round in the village.



Lacking avihiṃsā is extensively described as bringing unpleasant results:


Dhp 133


māvoca pharusaṃ kañci, vuttā paṭivadeyyu taṃ
dukkhā hi sārambhakathā, paį¹­idaį¹‡įøÄ phuseyyu taṃ.

Speak harshly to no one, or the words will be thrown right back at you.
Contentious talk is painful, for you get struck by rods in return.




Dhp 137-140


yo daį¹‡įøena adaį¹‡įøesu, appaduį¹­į¹­hesu dussati dasannamaƱƱataraṃ į¹­hānaṃ, khippameva nigacchati:
vedanaṃ pharusaṃ jāniṃ, sarīrassa ca bhedanaṃ.
garukaṃ vāpi ābādhaṃ, cittakkhepaƱca pāpuṇe.
rājato vā upasaggaṃ, abbhakkhānaƱca dāruṇaṃ.
parikkhayaƱca ƱātÄ«naṃ, bhogānaƱca pabhaį¹…guraṃ.
atha vāssa agārāni, aggi įøahati pāvako.
kāyassa bhedā duppañño, nirayaṃ sopapajjati.

Whoever, with a rod harasses an innocent man, unarmed, quickly falls
into any of ten things: harsh pains, devastation, a broken body, grave
illness,
mental derangement, trouble with the government,
violent slander, relatives lost, property dissolved,
houses burned down. At the break-up of the body
this one with no discernment,
reappears in
hell.




SN 3.15


ā€œvilumpateva puriso, yāvassa upakappati.
yadā caƱƱe vilumpanti, so vilutto viluppati.

A man may plunder as long as it serves his ends, but when others are plundered, he who has plundered gets plundered in turn.

ā€œį¹­hānaƱhi maƱƱati bālo, yāva pāpaṃ na paccati.
yadā ca paccati pāpaṃ, atha dukkhaṃ nigacchati.

A fool thinks, ‘Now’s my chance,’ as long as his evil has yet to ripen. But when it ripens, the fool falls into pain.

ā€œhantā labhati hantāraṃ, jetāraṃ labhate jayaṃ.
akkosako ca akkosaṃ, rosetārañca rosako.
atha kammavivaį¹­į¹­ena, so vilutto viluppatÄ«ā€ti.

Killing, you gain your killer. Conquering, you gain one who will conquer
you; insulting, insult; harassing, harassment. And so, through the
cycle of action, he who has plundered gets plundered in turn.



Abandoning non-harmlessness and taking up avihiṃsā prevents bad experiences from arising and causes pleasant ones to arise in the future:


Dhp 131-132


sukhakāmāni bhÅ«tāni, yo daį¹‡įøena vihiṃsati.
attano sukhamesāno, pecca so na labhate sukhaṃ.

Whoever takes a rod to harm living beings desiring ease, when he himself
is looking for ease, will meet with no ease after death.

sukhakāmāni bhÅ«tāni, yo daį¹‡įøena na hiṃsati.
attano sukhamesāno, pecca so labhate sukhaṃ.

Whoever doesn’t take a rod to harm living beings desiring ease, when he
himself is looking for ease, will meet with ease after death.




MN 135


ā€œidha, māṇava, ekacco itthÄ« vā puriso vā sattānaṃ viheį¹­hakajātiko hoti,
pāṇinā vā leįøįøunā vā daį¹‡įøena vā satthena vā. so tena kammena evaṃ
samattena evaṃ samādinnena kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ
vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. no ce kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ
duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, sace manussattaṃ āgacchati yattha
yattha paccājāyati bavhābādho hoti. bavhābādhasaṃvattanikā esā, māṇava,
paį¹­ipadā yadidaṃ sattānaṃ viheį¹­hakajātiko hoti pāṇinā vā leįøįøunā vā
daį¹‡įøena vā satthena vā.

Furthermore, there is the case where a certain woman or man has a
tendency to injure living beings with the hand, with a clod, with a
stick, or with a knife. From adopting & carrying out such actions,
then on the break-up of the body, after death, this person re-appears in
the plane of deprivation, the bad destination, the lower realms, in
hell. Or, if he/she does not reappear in the plane of deprivation, the
bad destination, the lower realms, in hell, but instead returns to the
human state, then he/she is sickly wherever reborn. This is the way
leading to being sickly, namely being one who has a tendency to injure
living beings with the hand, with a clod, with a stick, or with a knife.

ā€œidha pana, māṇava, ekacco itthÄ« vā puriso vā sattānaṃ aviheį¹­hakajātiko
hoti pāṇinā vā leįøįøunā vā daį¹‡įøena vā satthena vā. so tena kammena evaṃ
samattena evaṃ samādinnena kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ
lokaṃ upapajjati. no ce kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ
upapajjati, sace manussattaṃ āgacchati yattha yattha paccājāyati
appābādho hoti. appābādhasaṃvattanikā esā, māṇava, paį¹­ipadā yadidaṃ
sattānaṃ aviheį¹­hakajātiko hoti pāṇinā vā leįøįøunā vā daį¹‡įøena vā satthena
vā.

But there is the case where a certain woman or man does not have a
tendency to injure living beings with the hand, with a clod, with a
stick, or with a knife. Through having adopted & carried out such
actions, on the break-up of the body, after death, he/she reappears in a
good destination, in the heavenly world. Or, if he/she does not
reappear in the good destinations, in the heavenly world, but instead
returns to the human state, then he/she is healthy wherever reborn. This
is the way leading to being healthy, namely being one who, abandoning
the taking of life, abstains from taking life does not have a tendency
to injure living beings with the hand, with a clod, with a stick, or
with a knife.




Dhp 300


suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti, sadā gotamasāvakā.
yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca, ahiṃsāya rato mano.

Those disciples of Gotama ever awaken happily whose minds by day and night delight in the practice of non-violence.



Dharmacāri Nāgapriya writes: “The early Buddhist
vocabulary includes an important class of words that, while denoting
highly positive qualities, take a grammatically negative form. Avihiṃsa
is a leading example of this. To translate the term as ā€˜non-violence’
doesn’t reflect the positive nuance of the quality to which it refers.
Notwithstanding, it is worth looking at the quality in question from
both a negative and a positive point of view in order to bring its
nature more clearly to light. First of all – and in negative terms –
avihiṃsa can be understood as an application of the general principle of
renunciation: the saint renounces all violence whether physical,
verbal, or emotional: Whoever in this world harms a living creature,
whether once-born or twice- born, whoever has no compassion for a living
creature, him one should know to be an outcaste. (Sn.117) He gives up
coercion of any kind and thus abandons the ā€˜power mode’, the style of
relating to others purely as objects and means of his own gratification,
adopting instead the ā€˜love mode’, the appreciation of others as
individual, feelingful subjects meriting sensitive consideration and
respect. This entails abandoning a host of negative mental states such
as kodha or fury (Sn.1), kopa or ill-temper and grudge (Sn.6), upanāha
or rancour/enmity (Sn.116), paccuṭṭapannā or hostility (Sn.245), usuyyā
or envy (Sn.245), atipāti or violent destructiveness (Sn.248), paṭigha
(Sn.148) or malicious rage, and dosa or hatred (Sn.328). One of the
distinguishing features of the Sutta-Nipāta is the plethora of different
nasty mental states that it identifies. This laid some of the
foundations for the later work of the Abhidhamma. Again the terms used
are fluid and non-technical. By considering the terms as a whole we can
get a feeling for the flavour of what the saint is enjoined to abandon.
At the same time, it is important to appreciate the positive counterpart
of this renunciation of violent negativity. This is expressed most
sublimely in the Mettā Sutta: Just as a mother would protect with her
own life her own son, her only son, so one should cultivate an unbounded
mind towards all beings, and loving-kindness towards all the world. One
should cultivate an unbounded mind, above and below and across, without
obstruction, without enmity, without rivalry. (Sn.149-50)”



Bodhi leaf


avijjā: [a+vijjā]

nescience, ignorance.

Avijjā is defined at SN 12.2 as consisting of ignorance regarding the four noble truths:



ā€œkatamā ca, bhikkhave, avijjā? yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe aññāṇaṃ,
dukkhasamudaye aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā
paį¹­ipadāya aññāṇaṃ. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, avijjā.

And what is ignorance? Not knowing suffering, not knowing the
origination of suffering, not knowing the cessation of suffering, not
knowing the way of practice leading to the cessation of suffering: This
is called ignorance.



Other definitions relating to the five khandhas can be found in the Khandha Saṃyutta.


SN 22.113


—
ā€œā€˜avijjā avijjā’ti, bhante, vuccati. katamā nu kho, bhante, avijjā, kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti?

—
‘Ignorance, ignorance’, it is said, Bhante. What, Bhante, is ignorance, and to what extent is one immersed in ignorance?

—
ā€œidha, bhikkhu, assutavā puthujjano rÅ«paṃ nappajānāti, rÅ«pasamudayaṃ
nappajānāti, rūpanirodhaṃ nappajānāti, rūpanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ
nappajānāti;

—
Here, bhikkhu, an uninstructed ordinary person does not understand
Form, does not understand the origin of Form, does not understand the
cessation of Form, does not understand the way leading to the cessation
of Form.

vedanaṃ nappajānāti, vedanāsamudayaṃ nappajānāti, vedanānirodhaṃ nappajānāti, vedanānirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānāti;

He does not understand
Feeling, does not understand the origin of Feeling, does not understand
the cessation of Feeling, does not understand the way leading to the
cessation of Feeling.

saññaṃ nappajānāti, saññāsamudayaṃ nappajānāti, saññānirodhaṃ nappajānāti, saññānirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānāti;

He does not understand
Perception, does not understand the origin of Perception, does not
understand the cessation of Perception, does not understand the way
leading to the cessation of Perception.

saį¹…khāre nappajānāti, saį¹…khārasamudayaṃ nappajānāti, saį¹…khāranirodhaṃ
nappajānāti, saį¹…khāranirodhagāminiṃ paį¹­ipadaṃ nappajānāti;

He does not understand
Constructions, does not understand the origin of Constructions, does not
understand the cessation of Constructions, does not understand the way
leading to the cessation of Constructions.

viññāṇaṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇasamudayaṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇanirodhaṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇanirodhagāminiṃ paį¹­ipadaṃ nappajānāti;

He does not understand
Consciousness, does not understand the origin of Consciousness, does not
understand the cessation of Consciousness, does not understand the way
leading to the cessation of Consciousness.

ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu, avijjā. ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti.

This, bhikkhu, is called ignorance, and it is to this extent that one is immersed in ignorance.



SN 22.126


—
ā€œā€˜avijjā avijjā’ti, bhante, vuccati. katamā nu kho, bhante, avijjā, kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti?

—
‘Ignorance, ignorance’, it is said, Bhante. What, Bhante, is ignorance, and to what extent is one immersed in ignorance?

—
ā€œidha, bhikkhu, assutavā puthujjano samudayadhammaṃ rÅ«paṃ
ā€˜samudayadhammaṃ rÅ«pan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti; vayadhammaṃ rÅ«paṃ
ā€˜vayadhammaṃ rÅ«pan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti; samudayavayadhammaṃ rÅ«paṃ
ā€˜samudayavayadhammaṃ rÅ«pan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti.

—
Here, bhikkhu, an uninstructed ordinary person does not understand Form by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Form is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Form by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Form is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Form by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Form is by nature subject to arising & passing away’.

samudayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ ā€˜samudayadhammā vedanā’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; vayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ ā€˜vayadhammā vedanā’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; samudayavayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ ā€˜samudayavayadhammā vedanā’ti
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti.

He does not understand Feeling by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Feeling is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Feeling by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Feeling is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Feeling by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Feeling is by nature subject to arising & passing away’.

samudayadhammaṃ saƱƱaṃ ā€˜samudayadhammaṃ saƱƱan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; vayadhammaṃ saƱƱaṃ ā€˜vayadhammaṃ saƱƱan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; samudayavayadhammaṃ saƱƱaṃ ā€˜samudayavayadhammaṃ saƱƱan’ti
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti.

He does not understand Perception by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Perception is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Perception by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Perception is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Perception by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Perception is by nature subject to arising & passing away’.

samudayadhamme saį¹…khāre ā€˜samudayadhammā saį¹…khārā’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; vayadhamme saį¹…khāre ā€˜vayadhammā saį¹…khārā’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; samudayavayadhamme saį¹…khāre ā€˜samudayavayadhammā saį¹…khārā’ti
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti.

He does not understand Constructions by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Constructions is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Constructions by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Constructions is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Constructions by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Constructions is by nature subject to arising & passing away’.

samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ ā€˜samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; vayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ ā€˜vayadhammaṃ viññāṇan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; samudayavayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ ā€˜samudayavayadhammaṃ
viññāṇan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu, avijjā;
ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti.

He does not understand Consciousness by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Consciousness is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Consciousness by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Consciousness is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Consciousness by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Consciousness is by nature subject to arising & passing away’.

ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu, avijjā. ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti.

This, bhikkhu, is called ignorance, and it is to this extent that one is immersed in ignorance.



SN 22.129


—
ā€œā€˜avijjā avijjā’ti, bhante, vuccati. katamā nu kho, bhante, avijjā, kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti?

—
‘Ignorance, ignorance’, it said, Bhante. What, Bhante, is ignorance, and to what extent is one immersed in ignorance?

—
ā€œidhāvuso assutavā puthujjano rÅ«passa assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca
yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti, vedanāya assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca
yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti, saƱƱāya assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca
yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti, saį¹…khārānaṃ assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca
yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇassa assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti.

—
Here, friend, an uninstructed ordinary person does not understand as it
really is the gratification, the danger, and the escape in regard to
Form, he does not understand as it really is the gratification, the
danger, and the escape in regard to Feeling, he does not understand as
it really is the gratification, the danger, and the escape in regard to
Perception, he does not understand as it really is the gratification,
the danger, and the escape in regard to Fabrications, he does not
understand as it really is the gratification, the danger, and the escape
in regard to Consciousness.

—
ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, avijjā; ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti.

This, friend, is called ignorance, and it is to this extent that one is immersed in ignorance.



At SN 22.84, avijjā is likened to a ‘dense thicket’ (tibbo vanasaį¹‡įøo) along the path to nibbāna. At MN 19, it is likened to a ‘decoy’ (okacara) set up by a hunter (Māra) in order to lure a herd of deers on a false path that will bring them calamity and disaster. At MN 105, avijjā is likened to a poison (visadosa) smeared on an arrow (salla) which has wounded someone. The arrow represents taṇhā, while the poison is spread out by chandaĀ·rāgaĀ·byāpāda.

Avijjā is one of the three āsavas, along with kāma and bhava.

Avijjā is one of the four oghas (floods), as well as one of the four yogas (bonds), and is juxtaposed in both sets with kāma, bhava and diṭṭhi.


AN 4.10


Avijjāyogo ca kathaṃ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco channaṃ
phassāyatanānaṃ samudayaƱca atthaį¹…gamaƱca assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca
nissaraṇaƱca yathā·bhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti. Tassa channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ
samudayaƱca atthaį¹…gamaƱca assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca yathā·bhÅ«taṃ
appajānato yā chasu phassāyatanesu avijjā aññāṇaṃ sānuseti. Ayaṃ
vuccati, bhikkhave, avijjāyogo.

“And how is there the yoke of ignorance? There is the case where a
certain person does not discern, as it actually is present, the
origination, the passing away, the allure, the drawbacks, & the
escape from the six sense media. When he does not discern, as it
actually is present, the origination, the passing away, the allure, the
drawbacks, & the escape from the six sense media, then — with regard
to ignorance concerning the six sense media — he is obsessed with
not-knowing. This is the yoke of ignorance.



Avijjā is one of the uddhambhāgiyā saṃyojanā (higher fetters), along with rūpa·rāga, arūpa·rāga, māna, and uddhacca.

Avijjā is also the last of the seven anusayas, along with kāma·rāga, paṭigha, diṭṭhi, vicikiccha, māna and bhava·rāga. As an anusaya, avijjā is related to adukkham·asukhā vedanā:


MN 148


adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno tassā vedanāya samudayañca
atthaį¹…gamaƱca assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti.
tassa avijjānusayo anuseti.

If, when touched by a feeling of neither pleasure nor pain, one does not
discern, as it actually is present, the origination, passing away,
allure, drawback, or escape from that feeling, then one’s
ignorance-obsession gets obsessed.




MN 44


ā€œadukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetÄ«ā€ti…

Ignorance-obsession gets obsessed with neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling…

ā€œsabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetÄ«ā€ti?…

Does ignorance-obsession get obsessed with all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling?…

ā€œna sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetÄ«ā€ti…

No, ignorance-obsession does not get obsessed with all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling…

ā€œadukkhamasukhāya vedanāya kiṃ pahātabbanā€ti?…

What is to be abandoned with regard to neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling?…

ā€œadukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabboā€ti…

Ignorance-obsession is to be abandoned with regard to neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling…

ā€œsabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabboā€ti?…

Is ignorance-obsession to be abandoned with regard to all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling?…

na sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabbo…

No, ignorance-obsession is not to be abandoned with regard to all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling…

idhāvuso visākha, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā, dukkhassa ca pahānā,
pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaį¹…gamā, adukkhamasukhaṃ
upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. avijjaṃ
tena pajahati, na tattha avijjānusayo anusetÄ«ā€ti.

There is the case where a monk, with the abandoning of pleasure &
pain — as with the earlier disappearance of elation & distress —
enters & remains in the fourth jhana: purity of equanimity &
mindfulness, neither pleasure nor pain. With that he abandons ignorance.
No ignorance-obsession gets obsessed there.



Avijjā is also related to ‘that which is felt born of contact with ignorance’ (avijjā·samphassaĀ·ja vedayita):


SN 22.47


atthi, bhikkhave, mano, atthi dhammā, atthi avijjādhātu.
avijjāsamphassajena, bhikkhave, vedayitena phuṭṭhassa assutavato
puthujjanassa ā€˜asmī’tipissa hoti; ā€˜ayamahamasmī’tipissa hoti;
ā€˜bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜na bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜rÅ«pÄ«
bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜arÅ«pÄ« bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜saƱƱī
bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜asaƱƱī bhavissan’tipissa hoti;
ā€˜nevasaƱƱīnāsaƱƱī bhavissan’tipissa hotiā€.

Now, there is the intellect, there are ideas (mental qualities), there
is the property of ignorance. To an uninstructed run-of-the-mill person,
touched by experience born of the contact of ignorance, there occur
(the thoughts): ‘I am,’ ‘I am thus,’ ‘I shall be,’ ‘I shall not be,’ ‘I
shall be possessed of form,’ ‘I shall be formless,’ ‘I shall be
percipient (conscious),’ ‘I shall be non-percipient,’ or ‘I shall be
neither percipient nor non-percipient.’

ā€œtiį¹­į¹­hanteva kho, bhikkhave, tattheva paƱcindriyāni. athettha sutavato
ariyasāvakassa avijjā pahīyati, vijjā uppajjati. tassa avijjāvirāgā
vijjuppādā ā€˜asmī’tipissa na hoti; ā€˜ayamahamasmī’tipissa na hoti;
ā€˜bhavissan’tipissa na hoti; ā€˜na bhavissan’tipissa na hoti; ā€˜rÅ«pÄ«
bhavissan’tipissa na hoti; ā€˜arÅ«pÄ« bhavissan’tipissa na hoti; ā€˜saƱƱī
bhavissan’tipissa na hoti; ā€˜asaƱƱī bhavissan’tipissa na hoti;
ā€˜nevasaƱƱīnāsaƱƱībhavissan’tipissa na hotÄ«ā€ti.

The five faculties, monks, continue as they were. And with regard to
them the well-instructed disciple of the noble ones abandons ignorance
and gives rise to clear knowing. Owing to the fading of ignorance and
the arising of clear knowing, (the thoughts) — ‘I am,’ ‘I am this,’ ‘I
shall be,’ ‘I shall not be,’ ‘I shall be possessed of form,’ ‘I shall be
formless,’ ‘I shall be percipient (conscious),’ ‘I shall be
non-percipient,’ and ‘I shall be neither percipient nor non-percipient’ —
do not occur to him.




SN 22.81


avijjāsamphassajena, bhikkhave, vedayitena phuį¹­į¹­hassa assutavato puthujjanassa uppannā taṇhā

To an uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person, touched by that which is felt born of contact with ignorance, craving arises.



At AN 3.67, avijjā is explained as having moha for synonym, although it is arguable that, given the position of avijjā among the anusayas, it would refer to a deeper type of mental factor related to ignorance, that may not be active all the time, of which moha would be the active expression through delusion.

Avijjā is also the root cause in paį¹­iccaĀ·samuppāda, giving rise to saį¹…khāras. As mentioned above, the term is defined in this context at SN 12.2 as not knowing the four ariyaĀ·saccas. The role that avijjā plays in regard to other akusala dhammas is also referred to outside of the context of paį¹­iccaĀ·samuppāda:


SN 20.1


ā€œseyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kūṭāgārassa yā kāci gopānasiyo sabbā tā
kūṭaį¹…gamā kūṭasamosaraṇā kūṭasamugghātā sabbā tā samugghātaṃ gacchanti;
evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye keci akusalā dhammā sabbe te avijjāmūlakā
avijjāsamosaraṇā avijjāsamugghātā, sabbe te samugghātaṃ gacchanti.

Just as the rafters in a peak-roofed house all go to the roof-peak,
incline to the roof-peak, converge at the roof-peak, and all are removed
when the
roof-peak is removed; in the same way, all unwholesome qualities are
rooted in
ignorance and converge upon ignorance, and all are removed when
ignorance is removed.




SN 45.1


ā€œavijjā, bhikkhave, pubbaį¹…gamā akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā,
anvadeva ahirikaṃ anottappaṃ. avijjāgatassa, bhikkhave, aviddasuno
micchādiį¹­į¹­hi pahoti; micchādiį¹­į¹­hissa micchāsaį¹…kappo pahoti;
micchāsaį¹…kappassa micchāvācā pahoti; micchāvācassa micchākammanto
pahoti; micchākammantassa micchāājīvo pahoti; micchāājīvassa
micchāvāyāmo pahoti; micchāvāyāmassa micchāsati pahoti; micchāsatissa
micchāsamādhi pahoti.

Monks, ignorance is the leader in the attainment of unskillful
qualities, followed by lack of conscience & lack of concern. In an
unknowledgeable person, immersed in ignorance, wrong view arises. In one
of wrong view, wrong resolve arises. In one of wrong resolve, wrong
speech arises. In one of wrong speech, wrong action arises. In one of
wrong action, wrong livelihood arises. In one of wrong livelihood, wrong
effort arises. In one of wrong effort, wrong mindfulness arises. In one
of wrong mindfulness, wrong concentration arises.



Avijjā gives rise to āsavas:


AN 6.63


ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, āsavānaṃ nidānasambhavo? avijjā, bhikkhave, āsavānaṃ nidānasambhavo…

And what is the cause by which fermentations come into play? Ignorance is the cause by which fermentations come into play…

ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, āsavanirodho? avijjānirodho, bhikkhave, āsavanirodho.

And what is the cessation of fermentations? From the cessation of ignorance is the cessation of fermentations



As we will see below, the relationship between avijjā and āsavas is reciprocal. Avijjā is also specificly said to give rise to craving:


AN 4.50


avijjānivutā posā, piyarūpābhinandino.

Men hindered by ignorance
seek delight in pleasant things




AN 10.62


ā€œbhavataṇhāmpāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. ko cāhāro bhavataṇhāya? ā€˜avijjā’tissa vacanÄ«yaṃ.

I say, bhikkhus, that craving for existence has a nutriment; it is not
without nutriment. And what is the nutriment for craving for existence?
It should be said: ignorance.



Avijjā appears due to specific factors. The five nÄ«varaṇas:


AN 10.61


ā€œpurimā, bhikkhave, koį¹­i na paƱƱāyati avijjāya: ā€˜ito pubbe avijjā
nāhosi, atha pacchā samabhavī’ti. evaƱcetaṃ, bhikkhave, vuccati, atha ca
pana paƱƱāyati: ā€˜idappaccayā avijjā’ti. avijjampāhaṃ, bhikkhave,
sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. ko cāhāro avijjāya? ā€˜paƱca nÄ«varaṇā’tissa
vacanīyaṃ.

Bhikkhus, this is said: ā€˜A first point of ignorance, bhikkhus, is not
seen such that before this there was no ignorance and afterward it came
into being.’ Still, ignorance is seen to have a specific condition. I
say, bhikkhus, that ignorance has a nutriment; it is not without
nutriment. And what is the nutriment for ignorance? It should be said:
the five hindrances.



Ayoniso manasikāra:


MN 2


ā€œkatame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā na manasikaraṇīyā ye dhamme manasi karoti?
yassa, bhikkhave, dhamme manasikaroto anuppanno vā kāmāsavo uppajjati,
uppanno vā kāmāsavo pavaįøįøhati; anuppanno vā bhavāsavo uppajjati,
uppanno vā bhavāsavo pavaįøįøhati; anuppanno vā avijjāsavo uppajjati,
uppanno vā avijjāsavo pavaįøįøhati. ime dhammā na manasikaraṇīyā ye dhamme
manasi karoti…

And what are the ideas unfit for attention that he attends to? Whatever
ideas such that, when he attends to them, the unarisen fermentation of
sensuality arises in him, and the arisen fermentation of sensuality
increases; the unarisen fermentation of becoming arises in him, and
arisen fermentation of becoming increases; the unarisen fermentation of
ignorance arises in him, and the arisen fermentation of ignorance
increases. These are the ideas unfit for attention that he attends to…

ā€œso evaṃ ayoniso manasi karoti: ā€˜ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atÄ«tamaddhānaṃ? na
nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? kathaṃ
nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ hutvā kiṃ ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ
atītamaddhānaṃ? bhavissāmi nu kho ahaṃ anāgatamaddhānaṃ? na nu kho
bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ?
kathaṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ hutvā kiṃ bhavissāmi nu
kho ahaṃ anāgatamaddhānan’ti? etarahi vā paccuppannamaddhānaṃ ajjhattaṃ
kathaṃkathÄ« hoti: ā€˜ahaṃ nu khosmi? no nu khosmi? kiṃ nu khosmi? kathaṃ
nu khosmi? ayaṃ nu kho satto kuto āgato? so kuhiṃ gāmÄ« bhavissatī’ti?

“This is how he attends inappropriately: ‘Was I in the past? Was I not
in the past? What was I in the past? How was I in the past? Having been
what, what was I in the past? Shall I be in the future? Shall I not be
in the future? What shall I be in the future? How shall I be in the
future? Having been what, what shall I be in the future?’ Or else he is
inwardly perplexed about the immediate present: ‘Am I? Am I not? What am
I? How am I? Where has this being come from? Where is it bound?’

ā€œtassa evaṃ ayoniso manasikaroto channaṃ diį¹­į¹­hÄ«naṃ aƱƱatarā diį¹­į¹­hi
uppajjati. ā€˜atthi me attā’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati;
ā€˜natthi me attā’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati; ā€˜attanāva
attānaṃ saƱjānāmī’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati; ā€˜attanāva
anattānaṃ saƱjānāmī’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati;
ā€˜anattanāva attānaṃ saƱjānāmī’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi
uppajjati; atha vā panassa evaṃ diį¹­į¹­hi hoti: ā€˜yo me ayaṃ attā vado
vedeyyo tatra tatra kalyāṇapāpakānaṃ kammānaṃ vipākaṃ paį¹­isaṃvedeti so
kho pana me ayaṃ attā nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ
tatheva į¹­hassatī’ti. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, diį¹­į¹­higataṃ diį¹­į¹­higahanaṃ
diṭṭhikantāraṃ diṭṭhivisūkaṃ diṭṭhivipphanditaṃ diṭṭhisaṃyojanaṃ.
diṭṭhisaṃyojanasaṃyutto, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano na parimuccati
jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi;
ā€˜na parimuccati dukkhasmā’ti vadāmi.

“As he attends inappropriately in this way, one of six kinds of view
arises in him: The view I have a self arises in him as true &
established, or the view I have no self… or the view It is precisely
by means of self that I perceive self… or the view It is precisely by
means of self that I perceive not-self… or the view It is precisely by
means of not-self that I perceive self arises in him as true &
established, or else he has a view like this: This very self of mine —
the knower that is sensitive here & there to the ripening of good
& bad actions — is the self of mine that is constant, everlasting,
eternal, not subject to change, and will stay just as it is for
eternity. This is called a thicket of views, a wilderness of views, a
contortion of views, a writhing of views, a fetter of views. Bound by a
fetter of views, the uninstructed run-of-the-mill person is not freed
from birth, aging, & death, from sorrow, lamentation, pain,
distress, & despair. He is not freed, I tell you, from suffering
& stress.



Āsavas:


MN 9


āsavasamudayā avijjāsamudayo, āsavanirodhā avijjānirodho

With the arising of the taints there is the arising of
ignorance. With the cessation of the taints there is the cessation of
ignorance.



A number of factors leading to the cessation of avijjā are also mentioned in the suttas. Kāyagatāsati:


AN 1.586


ā€œekadhamme, bhikkhave, bhāvite bahulÄ«kate avijjā pahÄ«yati. katamasmiṃ ekadhamme? kāyagatāya satiyā.

When one thing, bhikkhus, is developed and cultivated, ignorance is abandoned. Which thing? Mindfulness directed to the body.



Anicca·saññā:


SN 22.102


ā€œaniccasaƱƱā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulÄ«katā sabbaṃ kāmarāgaṃ
pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ rūparāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ bhavarāgaṃ
pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ avijjaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ asmimānaṃ samÅ«hanatiā€.

Bhikkhus, when the perception of impermanence is developed and
cultivated, it eliminates all sensual lust, it eliminates all lust for
existence, it eliminates all ignorance, it uproots all conceit ā€˜I am.’

ā€œkathaṃ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, aniccasaƱƱā kathaṃ bahulÄ«katā sabbaṃ
kāmarāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ rūparāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ bhavarāgaṃ
pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ avijjaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ asmimānaṃ samūhanati?
ā€˜iti rÅ«paṃ, iti rÅ«passa samudayo, iti rÅ«passa atthaį¹…gamo; iti vedanā,
iti vedanāya samudayo, iti vedanāya atthaį¹…gamo; iti saƱƱā, iti saƱƱāya
samudayo, iti saƱƱāya atthaį¹…gamo; iti saį¹…khārā, iti saį¹…khārānaṃ
samudayo, iti saį¹…khārānaṃ atthaį¹…gamo; iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa
samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaį¹…gamo’ti. evaṃ bhāvitā kho, bhikkhave,
aniccasaññā evaṃ bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ
rūparāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ bhavarāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ avijjaṃ
pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ asmimānaṃ samÅ«hanatÄ«ā€ti.

And how, bhikkhus, is the perception of impermanence developed and
cultivated so that it eliminates all sensual lust, eliminates all lust
for existence, eliminates all ignorance, and uproots all conceit ā€˜I am’?
ā€˜Such is form, such its origin, such its passing away; such is feeling,
such its origin, such its passing away; such is perception, such its
origin, such its passing away; such are volitional formations, such
their origin, such their passing away; such is consciousness, such its
origin, such its passing away’: that is how the perception of
impermanence is developed and cultivated so that it eliminates all
sensual lust, eliminates all lust for existence, eliminates all
ignorance, and uproots all conceit ā€˜I am.’




SN 35.79


—
ā€œkatamo pana, bhante, eko dhammo yassa pahānā bhikkhuno avijjā pahÄ«yati, vijjā uppajjatÄ«ā€ti?

—
ā€œAnd what is that one thing, venerable sir, through the abandoning of
which ignorance is abandoned by a bhikkhu and true knowledge
arises?ā€

—
ā€œavijjā kho, bhikkhu, eko dhammo yassa pahānā bhikkhuno avijjā pahÄ«yati, vijjā uppajjatÄ«ā€ti.

—
ā€œIgnorance, bhikkhu, is that one thing through the abandoning of
which ignorance is abandoned by a bhikkhu and true knowledgearises.ā€

—
ā€œkathaṃ pana, bhante, jānato, kathaṃ passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahÄ«yati, vijjā uppajjatÄ«ā€ti?

—
ā€œBut, venerable sir, how should one know, how should one
see, for ignorance to be abandoned by him and true knowledge to
arise?ā€

—
ā€œcakkhuṃ kho, bhikkhu, aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahÄ«yati, vijjā
uppajjati. rūpe aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahīyati, vijjā
uppajjati. cakkhuviññāṇaṃ… cakkhusamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā
adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahīyati, vijjā
uppajjati.
sotaṃ… sadde… sotaviññāṇaṃ… sotasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
sotasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
ghānaṃ… gandhe… ghānaviññāṇaṃ… ghānasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
ghānasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
jivhaṃ… rase… jivhaviññāṇaṃ… jivhasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
jivhasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
kāyaṃ… phoį¹­į¹­habbe… kāyaviññāṇaṃ… kāyasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
kāyasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
manaṃ… dhamme… manoviññāṇaṃ… manosamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati… vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā
adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahīyati, vijjā
uppajjati. evaṃ kho, bhikkhu, jānato evaṃ passato avijjā pahīyati, vijjā
uppajjatÄ«ā€ti.

—
ā€œBhikkhu, when one knows and sees the eye as impermanent, ignorance is
abandoned and true knowledge arises. When one knows and sees forms as
impermanent … When one knows and sees eye-consciousness…
eye-contact… whatever feeling arises with eye-contact as
condition—whether pleasant or painful or neither-painful-norpleasant…
the ear… sounds… ear-consciousness… ear-contact… whatever
feeling arises with ear-contact…
the nose… smells… nose-consciousness… nose-contact… whatever
feeling arises with nose-contact…
the tongue… tastes… tongue-consciousness… tongue-contact…
whatever feeling arises with tongue-contact… the body… touches…
body-consciousness… body-contact… whatever feeling arises with
body-contact…
the mind… mental objects… mind-consciousness… mind-contact… When
one knows and sees as impermanent whatever feeling arises with
mind-contact as condition—whether pleasant or painful or
neither-painful-norpleasant—ignorance is abandoned and true knowledge
arises. When one knows and sees thus, bhikkhu, ignorance is abandoned
and true knowledge arises.ā€




SN 35.80


ā€œkathaṃ pana, bhante, jānato, kathaṃ passato avijjā pahÄ«yati, vijjā uppajjatÄ«ā€ti?

ā€œBut, venerable sir, how should one know, how should one
see, for ignorance to be abandoned by him and true knowledge to
arise?ā€

ā€œidha, bhikkhu, bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti: ā€˜sabbe dhammā nālaṃ
abhinivesāyā’ti. evaƱcetaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti: ā€˜sabbe dhammā
nālaṃ abhinivesāyā’ti, so sabbaṃ dhammaṃ abhijānāti, sabbaṃ dhammaṃ
abhiññāya sabbaṃ dhammaṃ parijānāti, sabbaṃ dhammaṃ pariññāya
sabbanimittāni aƱƱato passati, cakkhuṃ aƱƱato passati, rÅ«pe…
cakkhuviññāṇaṃ… cakkhusamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi aññato
passati…
sotaṃ… sadde… sotaviññāṇaṃ… sotasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
sotasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
ghānaṃ… gandhe… ghānaviññāṇaṃ… ghānasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
ghānasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
jivhaṃ… rase… jivhaviññāṇaṃ… jivhasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
jivhasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
kāyaṃ… phoį¹­į¹­habbe… kāyaviññāṇaṃ… kāyasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
kāyasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
manaṃ aƱƱato passati, dhamme… manoviññāṇaṃ… manosamphassaṃ…
yampidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā
adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi aññato passati. evaṃ kho, bhikkhu, jānato evaṃ
passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahÄ«yati, vijjā uppajjatÄ«ā€ti.

ā€œHere, bhikkhu, a bhikkhu has heard, ā€˜Nothing is worth adhering
to.’ When a bhikkhu has heard, ā€˜Nothing is worth adhering to,’ he
directly knows everything. Having directly known everything, he
fully understands everything. Having fully understood everything, he
sees all signs differently. He sees the eye differently, he sees forms
differently… eye-consciousness… eye-contact… whatever feeling
arises with eye-contact…
the nose… smells… nose-consciousness… nose-contact… whatever
feeling arises with nose-contact…
the tongue… tastes… tongue-consciousness… tongue-contact…
whatever feeling arises with tongue-contact… the body… touches…
body-consciousness… body-contact… whatever feeling arises with
body-contact…
the mind… mental objects… mind-consciousness… mind-contact…
whatever feeling arises with mind-contact as condition
… that too he sees differently. When one knows and sees thus, bhikkhu,
ignorance is abandoned and true knowledge arises.ā€



Samādhi:


AN 6.24


ā€œchahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu himavantaṃ pabbatarājaṃ
padāleyya, ko pana vādo chavāya avijjāya! katamehi chahi?

ā€œBhikkhus, possessing six qualities, a bhikkhu could break the
Himalayas, the king of mountains, how much more then [that] low
ignorance! What six?

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu samādhissa samāpattikusalo hoti,

Here, a bhikkhu is skilled in attaining of concentration;

samādhissa ṭhitikusalo hoti,

skilled in maintaining
concentration;

samādhissa vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti,

skilled in emerging from concentration;

samādhissa kallitakusalo hoti,

skilled in fitness for concentration;

samādhissa gocarakusalo hoti,

skilled in the area of
concentration;

samādhissa abhinīhārakusalo hoti.

skilled in resolution regarding
concentration.



PaƱƱā:


AN 2.32


vipassanā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā kamatthamanubhoti? paƱƱā bhāvīyati. paƱƱā bhāvitā kamatthamanubhoti? yā avijjā sā pahīyati.

When insight is developed, what purpose does it serve? Discernment is
developed. And when discernment is developed, what purpose does it
serve? Ignorance is abandoned.



AbhiƱƱā:


SN 45.159


katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā pahātabbā? avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca

What, monks, are the states to be abandoned with higher knowledge? They are ignorance and the desire for [further] becoming.



Cultivating appamāda and being ātāpī:


MN 4


ayaṃ kho me, brāhmaṇa, rattiyā paį¹­hame yāme paį¹­hamā vijjā adhigatā,
avijjā vihatā vijjā uppannā, tamo vihato āloko uppanno, yathā taṃ
appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato.

This was the first knowledge I attained in the first watch of the night.
Ignorance was destroyed; knowledge arose; darkness was destroyed; light
arose — as happens in one who is heedful, ardent, & resolute.





Bodhi leaf


āvuso: friend - usually in conversation between
bhikkhus, a form of polite address ‘friend, brother Sir’, although quite
informal since it is used by the disciple as well as the master in
return.



Bodhi leaf


āyasmā: venerable - lit: old. Used as a respectful appellation of a bhikkhu of some standing.



Bodhi leaf


āyatana: sphere, stretch, extent, reach, sphere of perception. The word appears mainly in two contexts:

1) as refering both to the six physical sense organs, i.e. cakkhu, sota, ghāna, jivhā, kāya, mana, as well as to their respective objects, i.e. rūpa visible objects, sadda sounds, gandha smells, rasa tastes, phoṭṭhabba tangible bodily phenomena, dhamma mental phenomena.

2) to designate each of the four formless jhānas.



Bodhi leaf


ayoniso manasikāra:

inappropiate attention, unwise reflection.

The most substantial characterization of ayoniso manasikāra is provided in the Sabbāsavā Sutta:


MN 2


ā€œso evaṃ ayoniso manasi karoti: ā€˜ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atÄ«tamaddhānaṃ? na
nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? kathaṃ
nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ hutvā kiṃ ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ
atītamaddhānaṃ? bhavissāmi nu kho ahaṃ anāgatamaddhānaṃ? na nu kho
bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ?
kathaṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ hutvā kiṃ bhavissāmi nu
kho ahaṃ anāgatamaddhānan’ti? etarahi vā paccuppannamaddhānaṃ ajjhattaṃ
kathaṃkathÄ« hoti: ā€˜ahaṃ nu khosmi? no nu khosmi? kiṃ nu khosmi? kathaṃ
nu khosmi? ayaṃ nu kho satto kuto āgato? so kuhiṃ gāmÄ« bhavissatī’ti?

This is how he attends inappropriately: ‘Was I in the past? Was I not in
the past? What was I in the past? How was I in the past? Having been
what, what was I in the past? Shall I be in the future? Shall I not be
in the future? What shall I be in the future? How shall I be in the
future? Having been what, what shall I be in the future?’ Or else he is
inwardly perplexed about the immediate present: ‘Am I? Am I not? What am
I? How am I? Where has this being come from? Where is it bound?’

ā€œtassa evaṃ ayoniso manasikaroto channaṃ diį¹­į¹­hÄ«naṃ aƱƱatarā diį¹­į¹­hi
uppajjati. ā€˜atthi me attā’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati;
ā€˜natthi me attā’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati; ā€˜attanāva
attānaṃ saƱjānāmī’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati; ā€˜attanāva
anattānaṃ saƱjānāmī’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati;
ā€˜anattanāva attānaṃ saƱjānāmī’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi
uppajjati; atha vā panassa evaṃ diį¹­į¹­hi hoti: ā€˜yo me ayaṃ attā vado
vedeyyo tatra tatra kalyāṇapāpakānaṃ kammānaṃ vipākaṃ paį¹­isaṃvedeti so
kho pana me ayaṃ attā nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ
tatheva į¹­hassatī’ti. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, diį¹­į¹­higataṃ diį¹­į¹­higahanaṃ
diṭṭhikantāraṃ diṭṭhivisūkaṃ diṭṭhivipphanditaṃ diṭṭhisaṃyojanaṃ.
diṭṭhisaṃyojanasaṃyutto, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano na parimuccati
jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi;
ā€˜na parimuccati dukkhasmā’ti vadāmi.

As he attends inappropriately in this way, one of six kinds of view
arises in him: The view I have a self arises in him as true &
established, or the view I have no self… or the view It is precisely
by means of self that I perceive self… or the view It is precisely by
means of self that I perceive not-self… or the view It is precisely by
means of not-self that I perceive self arises in him as true &
established, or else he has a view like this: This very self of mine —
the knower that is sensitive here & there to the ripening of good
& bad actions — is the self of mine that is constant, everlasting,
eternal, not subject to change, and will stay just as it is for
eternity. This is called a thicket of views, a wilderness of views, a
contortion of views, a writhing of views, a fetter of views. Bound by a
fetter of views, the uninstructed run-of-the-mill person is not freed
from birth, aging, & death, from sorrow, lamentation, pain,
distress, & despair. He is not freed, I tell you, from suffering
& stress.



According to the commentary, ayoniso manasikāra
is attention or reflection that constitutes the wrong means or the
wrong track (uppatha), that is contrary to the truth, as for example the
vipallāsas:
attention to the impermanent as permanent, the unpleasant as pleasant,
what is not self as self, and what is foul as beautiful.

The Akusalavitakka Sutta also provides a connection with the wrong type of vitakkas:


SN 9.11


ekaṃ samayaṃ aƱƱataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aƱƱatarasmiṃ vanasaį¹‡įøe.
tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu divāvihāragato pāpake akusale vitakke
vitakketi, seyyathidaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ, byāpādavitakkaṃ, vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ.
atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaį¹‡įøe adhivatthā devatā tassa bhikkhuno
anukampikā atthakāmā taṃ bhikkhuṃ saṃvejetukāmā yena so bhikkhu
tenupasaį¹…kami; upasaį¹…kamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:

On one occasion a certain monk was dwelling among the Kosalans in a
forest thicket. Now at that time, he spent the day’s abiding thinking
evil, unskillful thoughts: i.e., thoughts of sensuality, thoughts of ill
will, thoughts of doing harm. Then the devata inhabiting the forest
thicket, feeling sympathy for the monk, desiring his benefit, desiring
to bring him to his senses, approached him and addressed him with this
verse:

ā€œayoniso manasikārā, so vitakkehi khajjasi.

From inappropriate attention, you’re being chewed by your thoughts.



At AN 5.151, ayoniso manasikāra is juxtaposed with an·ekagga·citta (see ekagga·tā for an antonym) in one single item as an attitude preventing one who listens to the Dhamma from realizing it.

Ayoniso manasikāra prevents wholesome states from arising:

The seven bojjhaį¹…gas:


AN 1.74


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā
bojjhaį¹…gā nuppajjanti uppannā vā bojjhaį¹…gā na bhāvanāpāripÅ«riṃ gacchanti
yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ayonisomanasikāro.

Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen factors
of awakening do not arise and arisen factors of enlightenment do not go
to their completion through development so much as inappropriate
attention.



Sati·sampajañña:


AN 10.61


asatāsampajaññampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. ko cāhāro
asatāsampajaƱƱassa? ā€˜ayonisomanasikāro’’tissa vacanÄ«yaṃ.

Lack of mindfulness and clear comprehension, too, I say, has a
nutriment; it is not without nutriment. And what is the nutriment for
lack of mindfulness and clear comprehension? It should be said: careless
attention.



Ayoniso manasikāra also gives rise to other akusala dhammas:


AN 1.66


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā
akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā kusalā dhammā parihāyanti
yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ayonisomanasikāro.

Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen
unwholesome states arise and arisen wholesome states decline, so much as
inappropriate attention.



In particular, in conjunction with other phenomena, it gives rise to the five nÄ«varaṇas:


SN 46.51


ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā kāmacchandassa uppādāya,
uppannassa vā kāmacchandassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya? atthi, bhikkhave,
subhanimittaṃ. tattha ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro: ayamāhāro
anuppannassa vā kāmacchandassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā kāmacchandassa
bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya.

And what is the food for the arising of unarisen sensual desire, or for
the growth & increase of sensual desire once it has arisen? There is
the theme of beauty. To foster inappropriate attention to it: This is
the food for the arising of unarisen sensual desire, or for the growth
& increase of sensual desire once it has arisen.

ā€œko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā byāpādassa uppādāya, uppannassa
vā byāpādassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya? atthi, bhikkhave,
paṭighanimittaṃ. tattha ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro: ayamāhāro
anuppannassa vā byāpādassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā byāpādassa
bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya.

And what is the food for the arising of unarisen ill will, or for the
growth & increase of ill will once it has arisen? There is the theme
of resistance. To foster inappropriate attention to it: This is the
food for the arising of unarisen ill will, or for the growth &
increase of ill will once it has arisen.

ā€œko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā thinamiddhassa uppādāya,
uppannassa vā thinamiddhassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya? atthi, bhikkhave,
arati tandi vijambhitā bhattasammado cetaso ca līnattaṃ. tattha
ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro: ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā thinamiddhassa
uppādāya, uppannassa vā thinamiddhassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya.

And what is the food for the arising of unarisen sloth & drowsiness,
or for the growth & increase of sloth & drowsiness once it has
arisen? There are boredom, weariness, yawning, drowsiness after a meal,
& sluggishness of awareness. To foster inappropriate attention to
them: This is the food for the arising of unarisen sloth &
drowsiness, or for the growth & increase of sloth & drowsiness
once it has arisen.

ā€œko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā uddhaccakukkuccassa uppādāya,
uppannassa vā uddhaccakukkuccassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya? atthi,
bhikkhave, cetaso avūpasamo. tattha ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro:
ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā uddhaccakukkuccassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā
uddhaccakukkuccassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya.

And what is the food for the arising of unarisen restlessness &
anxiety, or for the growth & increase of restlessness & anxiety
once it has arisen? There is non-stillness of awareness. To foster
inappropriate attention to that: This is the food for the arising of
unarisen restlessness & anxiety, or for the growth & increase of
restlessness & anxiety once it has arisen.



When it comes to vicikicchā, ayoniso manasikāra is the cause per se:


AN 1.15


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā
vicikicchā uppajjati uppannā vā vicikicchā bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya
saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ayonisomanasikāro.

Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen doubt
arises and arisen doubt increases and multiplies, so much as
inappropriate attention.



Ayoniso manasikāra is also the direct cause for the arising of micchā·diṭṭhi:


AN 1.310


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā
micchādiį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati uppannā vā micchādiį¹­į¹­hi pavaįøįøhati yathayidaṃ,
bhikkhave, ayonisomanasikāro.

Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen wrong
view arises and arisen wrong view increases and multiplies, so much as
inappropriate attention.



It generally leads to ‘great harm’ (mahato anatthāya):


AN 1.90


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato
anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ayoniso manasikāro.

Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing that leads to such great harm as inappropriate attention.



It leads particularly to the disappearance of the Dhamma (saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya):


AN 1.122


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa
sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave,
ayonisomanasikāro.

Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing that leads to the decline and
disappearance of the good Dhamma, so much as inappropriate attention.

According to AN 10.76, ayoniso manasikāra rests particularly on three phenomena: forgetfulness (muṭṭhasacca), lack of sampajañña, and mental unrest (cetaso vikkhepa).



Bodhi leaf


——————oooOooo——————

Leave a Reply